| //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// |
| // |
| // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| // |
| // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| // |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| // |
| // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. |
| // |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| |
| #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" |
| #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
| #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
| #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
| #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
| #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex |
| #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex |
| #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex |
| #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" |
| #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" |
| #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
| #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" |
| #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" |
| #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" |
| #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" |
| #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
| #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" |
| #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" |
| #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" |
| #include <algorithm> |
| #include <cstring> |
| #include <functional> |
| using namespace clang; |
| using namespace sema; |
| |
| Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { |
| if (OwnedType) { |
| Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; |
| return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); |
| } |
| |
| return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); |
| } |
| |
| namespace { |
| |
| class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { |
| public: |
| TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) |
| : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { |
| WantExpressionKeywords = false; |
| WantCXXNamedCasts = false; |
| WantRemainingKeywords = false; |
| } |
| |
| virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { |
| if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) |
| return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && |
| (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); |
| else |
| return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| bool AllowInvalidDecl; |
| bool WantClassName; |
| }; |
| |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. |
| bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { |
| switch (Kind) { |
| // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a |
| // token kind is a valid type specifier |
| case tok::kw_short: |
| case tok::kw_long: |
| case tok::kw___int64: |
| case tok::kw___int128: |
| case tok::kw_signed: |
| case tok::kw_unsigned: |
| case tok::kw_void: |
| case tok::kw_char: |
| case tok::kw_int: |
| case tok::kw_half: |
| case tok::kw_float: |
| case tok::kw_double: |
| case tok::kw_wchar_t: |
| case tok::kw_bool: |
| case tok::kw___underlying_type: |
| return true; |
| |
| case tok::annot_typename: |
| case tok::kw_char16_t: |
| case tok::kw_char32_t: |
| case tok::kw_typeof: |
| case tok::kw_decltype: |
| return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
| |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, |
| /// return the declaration of that type. |
| /// |
| /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II |
| /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to |
| /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an |
| /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that |
| /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
| /// |
| /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain |
| /// and then return NULL. |
| ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, |
| ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, |
| bool IsCtorOrDtorName, |
| bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, |
| IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { |
| // Determine where we will perform name lookup. |
| DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; |
| if (ObjectTypePtr) { |
| QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); |
| if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) |
| LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); |
| } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { |
| LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); |
| |
| if (!LookupCtx) { |
| if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { |
| // C++ [temp.res]p3: |
| // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the |
| // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) |
| // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the |
| // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an |
| // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). |
| // |
| // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would |
| // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. |
| if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) |
| return ParsedType(); |
| |
| // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, |
| // so build a dependent node to describe the type. |
| if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) |
| return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); |
| |
| NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); |
| QualType T = |
| CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, |
| II, NameLoc); |
| |
| return ParsedType::make(T); |
| } |
| |
| return ParsedType(); |
| } |
| |
| if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && |
| RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) |
| return ParsedType(); |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of |
| // lookup for class-names. |
| LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : |
| LookupOrdinaryName; |
| LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); |
| if (LookupCtx) { |
| // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we |
| // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access |
| // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior |
| // nested-name-specifier. |
| LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); |
| |
| if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { |
| // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: |
| // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up |
| // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of |
| // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also |
| // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall |
| // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. |
| LookupName(Result, S); |
| } |
| } else { |
| // Perform unqualified name lookup. |
| LookupName(Result, S); |
| } |
| |
| NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; |
| switch (Result.getResultKind()) { |
| case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: |
| if (CorrectedII) { |
| TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); |
| TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), |
| Kind, S, SS, Validator); |
| IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| TemplateTy Template; |
| bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; |
| UnqualifiedId TemplateName; |
| TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); |
| NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); |
| CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; |
| if (SS && NNS) { |
| NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); |
| NewSSPtr = &NewSS; |
| } |
| if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && |
| // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected |
| // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names |
| // is handled elsewhere). |
| !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && |
| isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), |
| false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { |
| ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, |
| isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, |
| IsCtorOrDtorName, |
| WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); |
| if (Ty) { |
| std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); |
| std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( |
| Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) |
| << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), |
| CorrectedStr); |
| if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) |
| Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
| << CorrectedQuotedStr; |
| |
| if (SS && NNS) |
| SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); |
| *CorrectedII = NewII; |
| return Ty; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through |
| case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: |
| Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| return ParsedType(); |
| |
| case LookupResult::Ambiguous: |
| // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll |
| // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can |
| // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error |
| // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error |
| // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. |
| if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { |
| Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| return ParsedType(); |
| } |
| |
| // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. |
| for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); |
| Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { |
| if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { |
| if (!IIDecl || |
| (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < |
| IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) |
| IIDecl = *Res; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!IIDecl) { |
| // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way |
| // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't |
| // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to |
| // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which |
| // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected |
| // a type name. |
| Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| return ParsedType(); |
| } |
| |
| // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the |
| // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right |
| // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to |
| // perform the name lookup again. |
| break; |
| |
| case LookupResult::Found: |
| IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); |
| |
| QualType T; |
| if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
| DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
| |
| if (T.isNull()) |
| T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); |
| |
| // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a |
| // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier |
| // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). |
| if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { |
| if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { |
| // Construct a type with type-source information. |
| TypeLocBuilder Builder; |
| Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); |
| |
| T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); |
| ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); |
| ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); |
| ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); |
| return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); |
| } else { |
| T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); |
| } |
| } |
| } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
| (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); |
| if (!HasTrailingDot) |
| T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); |
| } |
| |
| if (T.isNull()) { |
| // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. |
| Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| return ParsedType(); |
| } |
| return ParsedType::make(T); |
| } |
| |
| /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* |
| /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If |
| /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, |
| /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose |
| /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. |
| DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
| // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. |
| LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); |
| LookupName(R, S, false); |
| R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { |
| switch (TD->getTagKind()) { |
| case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; |
| case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; |
| case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; |
| case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; |
| case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; |
| } |
| |
| /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, |
| /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes |
| /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. |
| /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: |
| /// @code |
| /// template<class T> class A { |
| /// public: |
| /// typedef int TYPE; |
| /// }; |
| /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { |
| /// public: |
| /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. |
| /// }; |
| /// @endcode |
| bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { |
| if (CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); |
| |
| CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); |
| for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), |
| BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) |
| return true; |
| return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); |
| } |
| return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
| SourceLocation IILoc, |
| Scope *S, |
| CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| ParsedType &SuggestedType) { |
| // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). |
| SuggestedType = ParsedType(); |
| |
| // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo |
| // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. |
| TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); |
| if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), |
| LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, |
| Validator)) { |
| std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); |
| std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); |
| |
| if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { |
| // We corrected to a keyword. |
| IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) |
| CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; |
| Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) |
| << II << CorrectedQuotedStr |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); |
| II = NewII; |
| } else { |
| NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); |
| // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. |
| if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) |
| Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) |
| << II << CorrectedQuotedStr |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); |
| else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) |
| Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) |
| << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), |
| CorrectedStr); |
| else |
| llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); |
| |
| Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
| << CorrectedQuotedStr; |
| |
| SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, |
| false, false, ParsedType(), |
| /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, |
| /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. |
| UnqualifiedId Name; |
| Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); |
| CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; |
| TemplateTy TemplateResult; |
| bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; |
| if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, |
| Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, |
| MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { |
| TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); |
| Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; |
| if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { |
| Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) |
| << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag |
| // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? |
| |
| if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) |
| Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; |
| else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) |
| Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) |
| << II << DC << SS->getRange(); |
| else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { |
| unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) |
| DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; |
| |
| Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) |
| << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() |
| << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); |
| SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), |
| *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); |
| } else { |
| assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && |
| "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name |
| /// or |
| static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { |
| bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| NextToken.is(tok::less); |
| |
| for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) |
| return true; |
| |
| if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, |
| Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| IdentifierInfo *&Name, |
| SourceLocation NameLoc) { |
| LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); |
| SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); |
| if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { |
| const char *TagName = 0; |
| const char *FixItTagName = 0; |
| switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { |
| case TTK_Class: |
| TagName = "class"; |
| FixItTagName = "class "; |
| break; |
| |
| case TTK_Enum: |
| TagName = "enum"; |
| FixItTagName = "enum "; |
| break; |
| |
| case TTK_Struct: |
| TagName = "struct"; |
| FixItTagName = "struct "; |
| break; |
| |
| case TTK_Interface: |
| TagName = "__interface"; |
| FixItTagName = "__interface "; |
| break; |
| |
| case TTK_Union: |
| TagName = "union"; |
| FixItTagName = "union "; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) |
| << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); |
| |
| for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); |
| I != IEnd; ++I) |
| SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) |
| << Name << TagName; |
| |
| // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. |
| Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); |
| SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. |
| static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { |
| ASTContext &Context = S.Context; |
| |
| TypeLocBuilder Builder; |
| Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); |
| |
| T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); |
| ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); |
| ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); |
| ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); |
| return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, |
| CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| IdentifierInfo *&Name, |
| SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| const Token &NextToken, |
| bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
| CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { |
| DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); |
| ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); |
| |
| if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { |
| BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), |
| QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); |
| |
| } |
| |
| LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); |
| |
| // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically |
| // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. |
| // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal |
| // unqualified lookup mechanism. |
| if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { |
| ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); |
| if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) |
| return E; |
| } |
| |
| bool SecondTry = false; |
| bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; |
| |
| Corrected: |
| switch (Result.getResultKind()) { |
| case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function |
| // call. |
| if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { |
| // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. |
| // FIXME: Reference? |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); |
| |
| // C90 6.3.2.2: |
| // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a |
| // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no |
| // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is |
| // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing |
| // the function call, the declaration |
| // |
| // extern int identifier (); |
| // |
| // appeared. |
| // |
| // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. |
| if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { |
| Result.addDecl(D); |
| Result.resolveKind(); |
| return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in |
| // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", |
| // "struct", or "union". |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && |
| isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is |
| // close to this name. |
| if (!SecondTry && CCC) { |
| SecondTry = true; |
| if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), |
| Result.getLookupKind(), S, |
| &SS, *CCC)) { |
| unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; |
| unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; |
| std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); |
| std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); |
| |
| NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); |
| NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl |
| = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && |
| UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { |
| UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; |
| QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; |
| } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && |
| (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || |
| isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || |
| isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { |
| UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; |
| QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; |
| } |
| |
| if (SS.isEmpty()) |
| Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) |
| << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); |
| else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. |
| Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) |
| << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr |
| << SS.getRange() |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), |
| CorrectedStr); |
| |
| // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. |
| Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| |
| // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. |
| if (Corrected.isKeyword()) |
| return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| |
| // Also update the LookupResult... |
| // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point |
| Result.clear(); |
| Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); |
| if (FirstDecl) { |
| Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); |
| Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
| << CorrectedQuotedStr; |
| } |
| |
| // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let |
| // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to |
| // reference the ivar. |
| // FIXME: This is a gross hack. |
| if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { |
| Result.clear(); |
| ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); |
| return E; |
| } |
| |
| goto Corrected; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. |
| Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| return NameClassification::Unknown(); |
| |
| case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { |
| // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were |
| // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other |
| // dependent nested-name-specifier. |
| |
| // C++ [temp.res]p2: |
| // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is |
| // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type |
| // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is |
| // qualified by the keyword typename. |
| // |
| // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to |
| // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a |
| // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' |
| // keyword here. |
| return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
| NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, |
| /*TemplateArgs=*/0); |
| } |
| |
| case LookupResult::Found: |
| case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: |
| break; |
| |
| case LookupResult::Ambiguous: |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && |
| hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { |
| // C++ [temp.local]p3: |
| // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an |
| // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than |
| // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found |
| // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name |
| // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the |
| // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not |
| // ambiguous. |
| // |
| // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, |
| // so try again after filtering out template names. |
| FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); |
| if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { |
| IsFilteredTemplateName = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. |
| return NameClassification::Error(); |
| } |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && |
| (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { |
| // C++ [temp.names]p3: |
| // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that |
| // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of |
| // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if |
| // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a |
| // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. |
| if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) |
| FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); |
| |
| if (!Result.empty()) { |
| bool IsFunctionTemplate; |
| TemplateName Template; |
| if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { |
| IsFunctionTemplate = true; |
| Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), |
| Result.end()); |
| } else { |
| TemplateDecl *TD |
| = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); |
| IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); |
| |
| if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) |
| Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), |
| /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, |
| TD); |
| else |
| Template = TemplateName(TD); |
| } |
| |
| if (IsFunctionTemplate) { |
| // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which |
| // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need |
| // to based on which function we selected. |
| Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| |
| return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); |
| } |
| |
| return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { |
| DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); |
| QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); |
| if (SS.isNotEmpty()) |
| return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); |
| return ParsedType::make(T); |
| } |
| |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); |
| if (!Class) { |
| // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. |
| if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias |
| = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) |
| Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); |
| } |
| |
| if (Class) { |
| DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); |
| |
| if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { |
| // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. |
| // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. |
| Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| return NameClassification::Unknown(); |
| } |
| |
| QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); |
| return ParsedType::make(T); |
| } |
| |
| // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. |
| if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) |
| return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( |
| TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); |
| |
| // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it |
| // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. |
| if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { |
| bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); |
| if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || |
| (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && |
| isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { |
| TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); |
| DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); |
| QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); |
| if (SS.isNotEmpty()) |
| return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); |
| return ParsedType::make(T); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) |
| return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); |
| |
| bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); |
| return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); |
| } |
| |
| // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a |
| // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the |
| // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. |
| DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { |
| |
| // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've |
| // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is |
| // the context we'll need to return to. |
| if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { |
| DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); |
| |
| // A function not defined within a class will always return to its |
| // lexical context. |
| if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) |
| return DC; |
| |
| // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class |
| // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost |
| // class is the context we need to return to. |
| while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) |
| DC = RD; |
| |
| // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is |
| // declared in. |
| return DC; |
| } |
| |
| return DC->getLexicalParent(); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
| assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && |
| "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); |
| CurContext = DC; |
| S->setEntity(DC); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::PopDeclContext() { |
| assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); |
| |
| CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); |
| assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); |
| } |
| |
| /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
| /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
| /// |
| void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
| // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: |
| // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class |
| // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as |
| // if the name was used in a member function of X. |
| // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: |
| // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the |
| // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of |
| // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as |
| // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its |
| // namespace. |
| // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context |
| // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use |
| // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily |
| // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, |
| // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. |
| |
| assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); |
| |
| #ifndef NDEBUG |
| Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); |
| while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); |
| assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); |
| #endif |
| |
| CurContext = DC; |
| S->setEntity(DC); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { |
| assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); |
| |
| // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is |
| // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. |
| Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); |
| while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); |
| CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); |
| |
| // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to |
| // disappear. |
| } |
| |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { |
| FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { |
| // We assume that the caller has already called |
| // ActOnReenterTemplateScope |
| FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| } |
| if (!FD) |
| return; |
| |
| // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context |
| // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. |
| assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && |
| "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); |
| CurContext = FD; |
| S->setEntity(CurContext); |
| |
| for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); |
| // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope |
| if (Param->getIdentifier()) { |
| S->AddDecl(Param); |
| IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { |
| // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, |
| // rather than the top-level class. |
| assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); |
| CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); |
| assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function |
| /// PrevDecl with another declaration. |
| /// |
| /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not |
| /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return |
| /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an |
| /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an |
| /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" |
| /// attribute. |
| static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, |
| ASTContext &Context) { |
| if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| return true; |
| |
| if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) |
| return true; |
| |
| return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found |
| && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); |
| } |
| |
| /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
| void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { |
| // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing |
| // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this |
| // scope. |
| while (S->getEntity() && |
| ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) |
| S = S->getParent(); |
| |
| // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be |
| // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted |
| // into any context. |
| if (AddToContext) |
| CurContext->addDecl(D); |
| |
| // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. |
| // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. |
| if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && |
| D->isOutOfLine() && |
| !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( |
| D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) |
| return; |
| |
| // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. |
| if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && |
| cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) |
| return; |
| |
| // If this replaces anything in the current scope, |
| IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), |
| IEnd = IdResolver.end(); |
| for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { |
| S->RemoveDecl(*I); |
| IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| |
| // Should only need to replace one decl. |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| S->AddDecl(D); |
| |
| if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { |
| // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that |
| // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert |
| // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. |
| for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| if (IDC == CurContext) { |
| if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) |
| continue; |
| } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); |
| } else { |
| IdResolver.AddDecl(D); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { |
| if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) |
| TUScope->AddDecl(D); |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
| bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { |
| return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, |
| ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); |
| } |
| |
| Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
| DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); |
| do { |
| if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) |
| if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) |
| return S; |
| } while ((S = S->getParent())); |
| |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, |
| DeclContext*, |
| ASTContext&); |
| |
| /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope |
| /// as determined by isDeclInScope. |
| void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, |
| DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
| bool ConsiderLinkage, |
| bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { |
| LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); |
| while (F.hasNext()) { |
| NamedDecl *D = F.next(); |
| |
| if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (ConsiderLinkage && |
| isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) |
| continue; |
| |
| F.erase(); |
| } |
| |
| F.done(); |
| } |
| |
| static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { |
| return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || |
| isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || |
| isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); |
| } |
| |
| /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. |
| static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { |
| LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); |
| while (F.hasNext()) |
| if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) |
| F.erase(); |
| |
| F.done(); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Check for this common pattern: |
| /// @code |
| /// class S { |
| /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT |
| /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT |
| /// }; |
| /// @endcode |
| static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { |
| // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get |
| // the decl here. |
| if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) |
| return CD->isCopyConstructor(); |
| if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) |
| return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // We need this to handle |
| // |
| // typedef struct { |
| // void *foo() { return 0; } |
| // } A; |
| // |
| // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' |
| // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', |
| // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end |
| // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. |
| // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or |
| // not. |
| bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { |
| const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); |
| while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { |
| if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ |
| if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) |
| return true; |
| } |
| DC = DC->getParent(); |
| } |
| |
| return !D->hasExternalLinkage(); |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { |
| assert(D); |
| |
| if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Ignore class templates. |
| if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || |
| D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { |
| if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) |
| return false; |
| } else { |
| // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. |
| if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && |
| FD->isInlineSpecified()) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && |
| Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) |
| return false; |
| } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their |
| // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const |
| // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not |
| // intended to be used. |
| // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. |
| if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || |
| VD->getType().isConstQualified() || |
| VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || |
| Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && |
| VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) |
| return false; |
| |
| } else { |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. |
| return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { |
| if (!D) |
| return; |
| |
| if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); |
| if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) |
| return; // First should already be in the vector. |
| } |
| |
| if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); |
| if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) |
| return; // First should already be in the vector. |
| } |
| |
| if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) |
| UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); |
| } |
| |
| static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| if (D->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) |
| return true; |
| |
| // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. |
| if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || |
| !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. |
| if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| |
| // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. |
| QualType Ty = VD->getType(); |
| |
| // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. |
| if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { |
| if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is |
| // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. |
| if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { |
| const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); |
| if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { |
| if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) |
| Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); |
| const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = |
| dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); |
| if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { |
| CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); |
| if (!CD->isTrivial()) |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, |
| FixItHint &Hint) { |
| if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { |
| SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), |
| tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); |
| if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) |
| return; |
| Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: |
| getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); |
| } |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used |
| /// unless they are marked attr(unused). |
| void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| FixItHint Hint; |
| if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) |
| return; |
| |
| GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); |
| |
| unsigned DiagID; |
| if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) |
| DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; |
| else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) |
| DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; |
| else |
| DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; |
| |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; |
| } |
| |
| static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { |
| // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto |
| // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd |
| // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. |
| if (L->getStmt() == 0) |
| S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { |
| if (S->decl_empty()) return; |
| assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && |
| "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); |
| |
| for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); |
| I != E; ++I) { |
| Decl *TmpD = (*I); |
| assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); |
| |
| assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); |
| NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); |
| |
| if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; |
| |
| // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. |
| if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) |
| DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); |
| |
| // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. |
| if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) |
| CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); |
| |
| // Remove this name from our lexical scope. |
| IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { |
| ++InFunctionDeclarator; |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { |
| assert(InFunctionDeclarator); |
| --InFunctionDeclarator; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. |
| /// |
| /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If |
| /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated |
| /// to the fixed name. |
| /// |
| /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. |
| /// |
| /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction |
| /// if there is no class with the given name. |
| /// |
| /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the |
| /// class could not be found. |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
| SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| bool DoTypoCorrection) { |
| // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in |
| // creation from this context. |
| NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| |
| if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { |
| // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we |
| // find an Objective-C class name. |
| DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; |
| if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), |
| LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, |
| Validator)) { |
| IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) |
| << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); |
| Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
| << IDecl->getDeclName(); |
| |
| Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); |
| } |
| } |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); |
| // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. |
| if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) |
| Def = Def->getDefinition(); |
| return Def; |
| } |
| |
| /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting |
| /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes |
| /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and |
| /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but |
| /// ill-formed in C++: |
| /// @code |
| /// struct S6 { |
| /// enum { BAR } e; |
| /// }; |
| /// |
| /// void test_S6() { |
| /// struct S6 a; |
| /// a.e = BAR; |
| /// } |
| /// @endcode |
| /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different |
| /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration |
| /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated |
| /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent |
| /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this |
| /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the |
| /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot |
| /// contain non-field names. |
| Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { |
| while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| (S->getEntity() && |
| ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || |
| (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) |
| S = S->getParent(); |
| return S; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and |
| /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of |
| /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such |
| /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. |
| static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, |
| IdentifierInfo *II) { |
| if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) |
| return; |
| ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; |
| |
| LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), |
| SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); |
| ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); |
| if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) |
| Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); |
| } |
| |
| /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at |
| /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true |
| /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the |
| /// built-in. |
| NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, |
| Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
| SourceLocation Loc) { |
| LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); |
| |
| Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; |
| |
| ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; |
| QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); |
| switch (Error) { |
| case ASTContext::GE_None: |
| // Okay |
| break; |
| |
| case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: |
| if (ForRedeclaration) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) |
| << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| return 0; |
| |
| case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: |
| if (ForRedeclaration) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) |
| << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| return 0; |
| |
| case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: |
| if (ForRedeclaration) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) |
| << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) |
| << R; |
| if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && |
| Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) |
| != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) |
| << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) |
| << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| } |
| |
| FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, |
| Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), |
| Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, |
| SC_Extern, |
| SC_None, false, |
| /*hasPrototype=*/true); |
| New->setImplicit(); |
| |
| // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the |
| // FunctionDecl. |
| if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { |
| SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { |
| ParmVarDecl *parm = |
| ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), |
| SourceLocation(), 0, |
| FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, |
| SC_None, SC_None, 0); |
| parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); |
| Params.push_back(parm); |
| } |
| New->setParams(Params); |
| } |
| |
| AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); |
| |
| // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. |
| // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to |
| // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext |
| // entirely, but we're not there yet. |
| DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; |
| CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); |
| CurContext = SavedContext; |
| return New; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration |
| /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., |
| /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same |
| /// entity. |
| static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, |
| NamedDecl *decl, |
| LookupResult &previous){ |
| // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. |
| if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) |
| return; |
| |
| // Empty sets are uninteresting. |
| if (previous.empty()) |
| return; |
| |
| // If this declaration has external |
| bool hasExternalLinkage = decl->hasExternalLinkage(); |
| |
| LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); |
| while (filter.hasNext()) { |
| NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); |
| |
| // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. |
| if (!old->isHidden()) |
| continue; |
| |
| // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration. |
| if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) |
| filter.erase(); |
| } |
| |
| filter.done(); |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { |
| QualType OldType; |
| if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) |
| OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| else |
| OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); |
| QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); |
| |
| if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. |
| int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) |
| << Kind << NewType; |
| if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (OldType != NewType && |
| !OldType->isDependentType() && |
| !NewType->isDependentType() && |
| !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { |
| int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) |
| << Kind << NewType << OldType; |
| if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the |
| /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out |
| /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting |
| /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. |
| /// |
| void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { |
| // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any |
| // merging checks. |
| if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; |
| |
| // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. |
| // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! |
| if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { |
| const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); |
| switch (TypeID->getLength()) { |
| default: break; |
| case 2: |
| { |
| if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) |
| break; |
| QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); |
| if (!T->isPointerType()) |
| break; |
| if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { |
| QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| if (!PT->isStructureType()) |
| break; |
| } |
| Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); |
| // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. |
| New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); |
| return; |
| } |
| case 5: |
| if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) |
| break; |
| Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); |
| // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. |
| New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); |
| return; |
| case 3: |
| if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) |
| break; |
| Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); |
| // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. |
| New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); |
| return; |
| } |
| // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. |
| } |
| |
| // Verify the old decl was also a type. |
| TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); |
| if (!Old) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
| << New->getDeclName(); |
| |
| NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
| if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) |
| Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. |
| if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and |
| // with any extensions enabled. |
| if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) |
| return; |
| |
| // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old |
| // declaration was a typedef. |
| if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) |
| New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) |
| return; |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: |
| // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to |
| // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer |
| // to the type to which it already refers. |
| if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) |
| return; |
| |
| // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: |
| // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine |
| // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name |
| // to refer to the type to which it already refers. |
| // |
| // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the |
| // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: |
| // |
| // struct S { |
| // typedef struct A { } A; |
| // }; |
| // |
| // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which |
| // allow the above but disallow |
| // |
| // struct S { |
| // typedef int I; |
| // typedef int I; |
| // }; |
| // |
| // since that was the intent of DR56. |
| if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) |
| return; |
| |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) |
| << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. |
| if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) |
| return; |
| |
| // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning |
| // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with |
| // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is |
| // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. |
| if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && |
| (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || |
| Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) |
| return; |
| |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) |
| << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target |
| /// attribute. |
| static bool |
| DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { |
| // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy |
| // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is |
| // responsible for making sure they are consistent. |
| const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); |
| if (AA) |
| return false; |
| |
| // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. |
| switch (A->getKind()) { |
| case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: |
| case attr::SharedLocksRequired: |
| case attr::LocksExcluded: |
| case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: |
| case attr::SharedLockFunction: |
| case attr::UnlockFunction: |
| case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: |
| case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: |
| case attr::GuardedBy: |
| case attr::PtGuardedBy: |
| case attr::AcquiredBefore: |
| case attr::AcquiredAfter: |
| return false; |
| default: |
| ; |
| } |
| |
| const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); |
| const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); |
| for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) |
| if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { |
| if (Ann) { |
| if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) |
| return true; |
| continue; |
| } |
| // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check |
| if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) |
| return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { |
| if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) |
| return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); |
| if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) |
| return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the |
| /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. |
| /// |
| /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. |
| static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { |
| // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute |
| // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. |
| AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; |
| AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; |
| unsigned OldAlign = 0; |
| for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> |
| I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), |
| E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { |
| // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments |
| // in a case like: |
| // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; |
| // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; |
| // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the |
| // definition in such a case. |
| if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (I->isAlignas()) |
| OldAlignasAttr = *I; |
| |
| unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); |
| if (Align > OldAlign) { |
| OldAlign = Align; |
| OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Look for alignas attributes on New. |
| AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; |
| unsigned NewAlign = 0; |
| for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> |
| I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), |
| E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { |
| if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (I->isAlignas()) |
| NewAlignasAttr = *I; |
| |
| unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); |
| if (Align > NewAlign) |
| NewAlign = Align; |
| } |
| |
| if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { |
| // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. |
| // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but |
| // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match |
| // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) |
| |
| // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it |
| // specifies the natural alignment for the type. |
| if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { |
| QualType Ty; |
| if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) |
| Ty = VD->getType(); |
| else |
| Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); |
| |
| if (OldAlign == 0) |
| OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); |
| if (NewAlign == 0) |
| NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); |
| } |
| |
| if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { |
| S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) |
| << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() |
| << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); |
| S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { |
| // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: |
| // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, |
| // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an |
| // equivalent alignment. |
| // C11 6.7.5/7: |
| // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment |
| // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also |
| // have no alignment specifier. |
| S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) |
| << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); |
| S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) |
| << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); |
| } |
| |
| bool AnyAdded = false; |
| |
| // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. |
| if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { |
| AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); |
| Clone->setInherited(true); |
| New->addAttr(Clone); |
| AnyAdded = true; |
| } |
| |
| // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. |
| if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && |
| !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { |
| AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); |
| Clone->setInherited(true); |
| New->addAttr(Clone); |
| AnyAdded = true; |
| } |
| |
| return AnyAdded; |
| } |
| |
| static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, |
| bool Override) { |
| InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; |
| unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); |
| if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) |
| NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), |
| AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), |
| AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), |
| AA->getMessage(), Override, |
| AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) |
| NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), |
| AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) |
| NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), |
| AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) |
| NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), |
| AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) |
| NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), |
| AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) |
| NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), |
| FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), |
| AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) |
| NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), |
| AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) |
| // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all |
| // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. |
| NewAttr = 0; |
| else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) |
| NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); |
| |
| if (NewAttr) { |
| NewAttr->setInherited(true); |
| D->addAttr(NewAttr); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { |
| if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) |
| return TD->getDefinition(); |
| if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) |
| return VD->getDefinition(); |
| if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| const FunctionDecl* Def; |
| if (FD->hasBody(Def)) |
| return Def; |
| } |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { |
| for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); |
| I != E; ++I) { |
| Attr *Attribute = *I; |
| if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that |
| /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. |
| static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { |
| if (!New->hasAttrs()) |
| return; |
| |
| const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); |
| if (!Def || Def == New) |
| return; |
| |
| AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); |
| for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { |
| const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; |
| if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { |
| ++I; |
| continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { |
| // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. |
| ++I; |
| continue; |
| } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { |
| if (AA->isAlignas()) { |
| // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: |
| // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, |
| // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an |
| // equivalent alignment. |
| // C11 6.7.5/7: |
| // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment |
| // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also |
| // have no alignment specifier. |
| S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) |
| << AA->isC11(); |
| S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) |
| << AA->isC11(); |
| NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); |
| --E; |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), |
| diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); |
| S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); |
| --E; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. |
| void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
| AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { |
| if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) |
| return; |
| |
| // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored |
| checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); |
| |
| if (!Old->hasAttrs()) |
| return; |
| |
| bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); |
| |
| // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before |
| // we process them. |
| if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); |
| |
| for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> |
| i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), |
| e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); |
| i != e; ++i) { |
| bool Override = false; |
| // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. |
| if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || |
| isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || |
| isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { |
| switch (AMK) { |
| case AMK_None: |
| continue; |
| |
| case AMK_Redeclaration: |
| break; |
| |
| case AMK_Override: |
| Override = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) |
| foundAny = true; |
| } |
| |
| if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) |
| foundAny = true; |
| |
| if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); |
| } |
| |
| /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter |
| /// to the new one. |
| static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, |
| const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, |
| Sema &S) { |
| // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: |
| // The first declaration of a function shall specify the |
| // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration |
| // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. |
| if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && |
| !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { |
| S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; |
| // Find the first declaration of the parameter. |
| // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? |
| const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = |
| cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); |
| const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = |
| FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); |
| S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; |
| } |
| |
| if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) |
| return; |
| |
| bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); |
| |
| // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is |
| // done before we process them. |
| if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); |
| |
| for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> |
| i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), |
| e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { |
| if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { |
| InheritableAttr *newAttr = |
| cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); |
| newAttr->setInherited(true); |
| newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); |
| foundAny = true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); |
| } |
| |
| namespace { |
| |
| /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in |
| /// C. |
| struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { |
| ParmVarDecl *OldParm; |
| ParmVarDecl *NewParm; |
| QualType PromotedType; |
| }; |
| |
| } |
| |
| /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. |
| Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { |
| if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { |
| if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) |
| return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; |
| |
| if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) |
| return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; |
| |
| if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) |
| return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; |
| } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { |
| return Sema::CXXDestructor; |
| } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { |
| return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; |
| } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { |
| return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; |
| } |
| |
| return Sema::CXXInvalid; |
| } |
| |
| /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, |
| /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in |
| /// GNU89 mode. |
| static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| const LangOptions& LangOpts) { |
| return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && |
| !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && |
| FD->isInlineSpecified() && |
| FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); |
| } |
| |
| /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given |
| /// declaration? |
| static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { |
| CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; |
| if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { |
| ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); |
| } else { |
| // Free C function or a static method. |
| ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); |
| } |
| return ABIDefaultCC == CC; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename T> |
| static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { |
| const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); |
| if (DC->isRecord()) |
| return false; |
| |
| LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); |
| if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && |
| New->getDeclContext()->isExternCContext()) |
| return true; |
| if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && |
| New->getDeclContext()->isExternCXXContext()) |
| return true; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from |
| /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous |
| /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, |
| /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| /// |
| /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not |
| /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are |
| /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be |
| /// merged with. |
| /// |
| /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { |
| // Verify the old decl was also a function. |
| FunctionDecl *Old = 0; |
| if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate |
| = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) |
| Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| else |
| Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); |
| if (!Old) { |
| if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); |
| Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_using_decl_target); |
| Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_using_decl) << 0; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
| << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, |
| // implicit declaration, or a declaration. |
| diag::kind PrevDiag; |
| if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; |
| else if (Old->isImplicit()) |
| PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; |
| else |
| PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; |
| |
| QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); |
| QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
| |
| // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function |
| // is an extern inline function. |
| if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && |
| New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && |
| Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && |
| !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); |
| } else { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is |
| // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the |
| // calling convention of the first. |
| // |
| // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, |
| // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. |
| // |
| // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the |
| // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling |
| // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in |
| // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away |
| // because it is the default calling convention. |
| // |
| // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have |
| // other tests to run. |
| const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); |
| const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); |
| FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); |
| bool RequiresAdjustment = false; |
| if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { |
| // Fast path: nothing to do. |
| |
| // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified |
| // there but not here. |
| } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { |
| NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); |
| RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| |
| // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is |
| // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct |
| // information about storage class of CXXMethod. |
| } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && |
| isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { |
| NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); |
| RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| |
| } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), |
| NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { |
| // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) |
| << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) |
| << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) |
| << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : |
| FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? |
| if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { |
| NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); |
| RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| } |
| |
| // Merge regparm attribute. |
| if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || |
| OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { |
| if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) |
| << NewType->getRegParmType() |
| << OldType->getRegParmType(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); |
| RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| } |
| |
| // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. |
| if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { |
| if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); |
| RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| } |
| |
| if (RequiresAdjustment) { |
| NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); |
| New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); |
| NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
| } |
| |
| // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to |
| // UndefinedButUsed. |
| if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && |
| !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && |
| (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && |
| Old->isUsed(false) && |
| !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), |
| SourceLocation())); |
| |
| // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn |
| // about it. |
| if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && |
| Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { |
| UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| } |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // (C++98 13.1p2): |
| // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: |
| // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type |
| // cannot be overloaded. |
| QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); |
| QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); |
| QualType ResQT; |
| if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { |
| if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() |
| && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
| ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); |
| if (ResQT.isNull()) { |
| if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; |
| else |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| else |
| NewQType = ResQT; |
| } |
| |
| const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); |
| CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); |
| if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { |
| // Preserve triviality. |
| NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); |
| |
| // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: |
| // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. |
| // We don't want a redeclartion error. |
| bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = |
| OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && |
| NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); |
| bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); |
| |
| if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { |
| // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the |
| // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them |
| // is a static member function declaration. |
| if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [class.mem]p1: |
| // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the |
| // member-specification, except that a nested class or member |
| // class template can be declared and then later defined. |
| if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { |
| unsigned NewDiag; |
| if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) |
| NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; |
| else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; |
| else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; |
| else |
| NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; |
| |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); |
| } else { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) |
| << New << New->getType(); |
| } |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
| |
| // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special |
| // member that was initially declared implicitly. |
| // |
| // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order |
| // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. |
| } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { |
| if (isFriend) { |
| NewMethod->setImplicit(); |
| } else { |
| Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) |
| << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { |
| Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) |
| << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: |
| // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn |
| // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn |
| // attribute. |
| if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && |
| !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { |
| Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); |
| Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); |
| } |
| |
| // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: |
| // The first declaration of a function shall specify the |
| // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration |
| // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. |
| if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && |
| !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { |
| Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; |
| Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; |
| } |
| |
| // (C++98 8.3.5p3): |
| // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the |
| // return type and the parameter-type-list. |
| // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. |
| |
| // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. |
| QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; |
| if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { |
| assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); |
| const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison |
| = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); |
| OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); |
| assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); |
| } |
| |
| if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) |
| return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); |
| |
| // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. |
| } |
| |
| // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles |
| // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { |
| const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; |
| if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && |
| (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { |
| // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the |
| // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. |
| assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); |
| SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| OldProto->arg_type_end()); |
| NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), |
| ParamTypes, |
| OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); |
| New->setType(NewQType); |
| New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); |
| |
| // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator |
| ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); |
| ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, |
| SourceLocation(), |
| SourceLocation(), 0, |
| *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, |
| SC_None, SC_None, |
| 0); |
| Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); |
| Param->setImplicit(); |
| Params.push_back(Param); |
| } |
| |
| New->setParams(Params); |
| } |
| |
| return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); |
| } |
| |
| // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration |
| // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition |
| // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the |
| // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ |
| // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from |
| // the prototype. |
| // |
| // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, |
| // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but |
| // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and |
| // C99 6.9.1p8. |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && |
| New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && |
| Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { |
| SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; |
| SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; |
| const FunctionProtoType *OldProto |
| = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| const FunctionProtoType *NewProto |
| = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| |
| // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. |
| QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), |
| NewProto->getResultType()); |
| bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); |
| for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); |
| LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { |
| ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { |
| ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| NewParm->getType(), |
| /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { |
| GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn |
| = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; |
| Warnings.push_back(Warn); |
| ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| } else |
| LooseCompatible = false; |
| } |
| |
| if (LooseCompatible) { |
| for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { |
| Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), |
| diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) |
| << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType |
| << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); |
| if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) |
| Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| } |
| |
| New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, |
| OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); |
| return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); |
| } |
| |
| // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. |
| } |
| |
| // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined |
| // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic |
| if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { |
| // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible |
| // signature. |
| if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
| // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined |
| // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the |
| // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this |
| // library built-in. |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) |
| << Old << Old->getType(); |
| New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); |
| Old->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; |
| } |
| |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are |
| /// known to be compatible. |
| /// |
| /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other |
| /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to |
| /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a |
| /// redeclaration of Old. |
| /// |
| /// \returns false |
| bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
| Scope *S) { |
| // Merge the attributes |
| mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); |
| |
| // Merge the storage class. |
| if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && |
| Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) |
| New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); |
| |
| // Merge "pure" flag. |
| if (Old->isPure()) |
| New->setPure(); |
| |
| // Merge "used" flag. |
| if (Old->isUsed(false)) |
| New->setUsed(); |
| |
| // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R |
| // declarations. |
| if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) |
| for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) |
| mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), |
| *this); |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); |
| |
| // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return |
| // and argument types. |
| QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); |
| if (!Merged.isNull()) |
| New->setType(Merged); |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| |
| void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, |
| ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { |
| |
| // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable |
| mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, AMK_Override); |
| |
| // Merge attributes from the parameters. |
| ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), |
| oe = oldMethod->param_end(); |
| for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator |
| ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); |
| ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) |
| mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); |
| |
| CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); |
| } |
| |
| /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and |
| /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, |
| /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| /// |
| /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back |
| /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer |
| /// is attached. |
| void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { |
| if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return; |
| |
| QualType MergedT; |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); |
| if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { |
| // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. |
| return; |
| } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { |
| // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. |
| return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); |
| } |
| // C++ [basic.link]p10: |
| // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given |
| // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an |
| // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or |
| // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). |
| else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && |
| New->getType()->isArrayType()) { |
| const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); |
| const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); |
| if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), |
| NewArray->getElementType())) |
| MergedT = New->getType(); |
| } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && |
| New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { |
| const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); |
| const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); |
| if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), |
| NewArray->getElementType())) |
| MergedT = Old->getType(); |
| } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() |
| && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
| MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), |
| Old->getType()); |
| } |
| } else { |
| MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); |
| } |
| if (MergedT.isNull()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) |
| << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| New->setType(MergedT); |
| } |
| |
| /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name |
| /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this |
| /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| /// |
| /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by |
| /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative |
| /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. |
| /// |
| void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { |
| // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. |
| if (New->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return; |
| |
| // Verify the old decl was also a variable. |
| VarDecl *Old = 0; |
| if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || |
| !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
| << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [class.mem]p1: |
| // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] |
| // |
| // Here, we need only consider static data members. |
| if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) |
| << New->getIdentifier(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); |
| // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent |
| // declaration |
| if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && |
| Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && |
| !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. |
| New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); |
| } |
| |
| // Merge the types. |
| MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); |
| if (New->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return; |
| |
| // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. |
| if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && |
| (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| // C99 6.2.2p4: |
| // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier |
| // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that |
| // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies |
| // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at |
| // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at |
| // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or |
| // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the |
| // identifier has external linkage. |
| if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) |
| /* Okay */; |
| else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && |
| Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. |
| if (New->hasExternalStorage() && |
| !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && |
| New->isLocalVarDecl() && !New->hasLinkage()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. |
| |
| // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still |
| // need to check for mismatches. |
| if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && |
| // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. |
| !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| } |
| |
| // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. |
| const VarDecl *Def; |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && |
| (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) |
| << New->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; |
| Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // c99 6.2.2 P4. |
| // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a |
| // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if |
| // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage |
| // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage |
| // specified at the prior declaration. |
| // FIXME. revisit this code. |
| if (New->hasExternalStorage() && |
| Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) |
| New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); |
| |
| // Merge "used" flag. |
| if (Old->isUsed(false)) |
| New->setUsed(); |
| |
| // Keep a chain of previous declarations. |
| New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); |
| |
| // Inherit access appropriately. |
| New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); |
| } |
| |
| /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with |
| /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. |
| Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| DeclSpec &DS) { |
| return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); |
| } |
| |
| /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with |
| /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template |
| /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. |
| Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| DeclSpec &DS, |
| MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { |
| Decl *TagD = 0; |
| TagDecl *Tag = 0; |
| if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || |
| DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || |
| DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || |
| DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { |
| TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); |
| |
| if (!TagD) // We probably had an error |
| return 0; |
| |
| // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the |
| // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others |
| // it's a Type. |
| if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) |
| Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); |
| else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) |
| Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| if (Tag) { |
| getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); |
| Tag->setFreeStanding(); |
| if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return Tag; |
| } |
| |
| if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { |
| // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object |
| // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." |
| if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) |
| Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) |
| << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { |
| // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations |
| // and definitions of functions and variables. |
| if (Tag) |
| Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) |
| << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : |
| DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : |
| DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : |
| DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); |
| else |
| Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); |
| // Don't emit warnings after this error. |
| return TagD; |
| } |
| |
| if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { |
| // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that |
| // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. |
| if (TagD && !Tag) |
| return 0; |
| return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); |
| } |
| |
| // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any |
| // declarators. |
| bool emittedWarning = false; |
| |
| if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && |
| DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
| Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) |
| return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); |
| |
| Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) |
| << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| emittedWarning = true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| CurContext->isRecord() && |
| DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { |
| // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: |
| // struct STRUCT; |
| // and |
| // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. |
| RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); |
| if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || |
| (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && |
| DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { |
| Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) |
| << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) |
| if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && |
| !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) |
| << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| emittedWarning = true; |
| } |
| |
| // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. |
| if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; |
| |
| if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { |
| // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an |
| // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. |
| if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && |
| Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { |
| Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) |
| << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| return Tag; |
| } |
| |
| Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) |
| << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| emittedWarning = true; |
| } |
| |
| // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; |
| // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we |
| // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. |
| if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) |
| return TagD; |
| |
| // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but |
| // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically |
| // useless. |
| if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) |
| if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) |
| Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) |
| << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); |
| |
| if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) |
| Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; |
| if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { |
| if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) |
| Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; |
| if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) |
| Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; |
| // Restrict is covered above. |
| } |
| if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) |
| Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; |
| if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) |
| Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; |
| if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) |
| Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; |
| |
| if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && |
| Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) |
| << Tag->getTagKind() |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| |
| // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: |
| // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; |
| // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. |
| if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { |
| DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); |
| if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || |
| TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || |
| TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || |
| TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { |
| AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); |
| while (attrs) { |
| Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) |
| << attrs->getName() |
| << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : |
| TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : |
| TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : |
| TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); |
| attrs = attrs->getNext(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); |
| |
| return TagD; |
| } |
| |
| /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; |
| /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. |
| /// |
| /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration |
| static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, |
| Scope *S, |
| DeclContext *Owner, |
| DeclarationName Name, |
| SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| unsigned diagnostic) { |
| LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, |
| Sema::ForRedeclaration); |
| if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; |
| |
| if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Pick a representative declaration. |
| NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); |
| |
| if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) |
| return false; |
| |
| SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; |
| SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the |
| /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner |
| /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize |
| /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or |
| /// struct, e.g., |
| /// |
| /// @code |
| /// union { |
| /// int i; |
| /// float f; |
| /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and |
| /// // f into the surrounding scope.x |
| /// @endcode |
| /// |
| /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous |
| /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. |
| static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, |
| DeclContext *Owner, |
| RecordDecl *AnonRecord, |
| AccessSpecifier AS, |
| SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, |
| bool MSAnonStruct) { |
| unsigned diagKind |
| = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl |
| : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; |
| |
| bool Invalid = false; |
| |
| // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. |
| for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), |
| DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); |
| D != DEnd; ++D) { |
| if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && |
| cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { |
| ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); |
| if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), |
| VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { |
| // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be |
| // distinct from the names of any other entity in the |
| // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. |
| Invalid = true; |
| } else { |
| // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union |
| // definition, the members of the anonymous union are |
| // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the |
| // anonymous union is declared. |
| unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); |
| if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) |
| for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), |
| PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) |
| Chaining.push_back(*PI); |
| else |
| Chaining.push_back(VD); |
| |
| assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); |
| NamedDecl **NamedChain = |
| new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) |
| NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; |
| |
| IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = |
| IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), |
| VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), |
| NamedChain, Chaining.size()); |
| |
| IndirectField->setAccess(AS); |
| IndirectField->setImplicit(); |
| SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); |
| |
| // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. |
| if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); |
| |
| Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return Invalid; |
| } |
| |
| /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to |
| /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: |
| /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. |
| static StorageClass |
| StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { |
| switch (StorageClassSpec) { |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; |
| // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; |
| } |
| llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); |
| } |
| |
| /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to |
| /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: |
| /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. |
| static StorageClass |
| StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { |
| switch (StorageClassSpec) { |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; |
| // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; |
| } |
| llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); |
| } |
| |
| /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an |
| /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature |
| /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures |
| /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. |
| Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| AccessSpecifier AS, |
| RecordDecl *Record) { |
| DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); |
| |
| // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. |
| if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) |
| Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); |
| else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); |
| else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) |
| Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); |
| |
| // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous |
| // structs/unions. |
| bool Invalid = false; |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| const char* PrevSpec = 0; |
| unsigned DiagID; |
| if (Record->isUnion()) { |
| // C++ [class.union]p6: |
| // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the |
| // global namespace shall be declared static. |
| if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && |
| (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || |
| (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && |
| cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { |
| Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); |
| |
| // Recover by adding 'static'. |
| DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), |
| PrevSpec, DiagID); |
| } |
| // C++ [class.union]p6: |
| // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an |
| // anonymous union in a class scope. |
| else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && |
| isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| |
| // Recover by removing the storage specifier. |
| DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, |
| SourceLocation(), |
| PrevSpec, DiagID); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. |
| if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { |
| if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) |
| Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) |
| << Record->isUnion() << 0 |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); |
| if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) |
| Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), |
| diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) |
| << Record->isUnion() << 1 |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); |
| if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) |
| Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), |
| diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) |
| << Record->isUnion() << 2 |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); |
| |
| DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only |
| // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and |
| // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] |
| for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), |
| MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); |
| Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { |
| if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected |
| // members (clause 11). |
| assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); |
| if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) |
| << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [class.union]p1 |
| // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial |
| // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy |
| // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an |
| // array of such objects. |
| if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) |
| Invalid = true; |
| } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { |
| // Any implicit members are fine. |
| } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { |
| // This is a type that showed up in an |
| // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or |
| // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the |
| // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. |
| } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && |
| MemRecord->getDeclName()) { |
| // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) |
| Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| else { |
| // This is a nested type declaration. |
| Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| } else { |
| // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. |
| // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but |
| // not part of standard C++. |
| Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), |
| diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) |
| << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| } |
| } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| // Any access specifier is fine. |
| } else { |
| // We have something that isn't a non-static data |
| // member. Complain about it. |
| unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; |
| if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) |
| DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; |
| else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) |
| DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; |
| else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) |
| DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; |
| |
| // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && |
| DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| else { |
| Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) |
| << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { |
| Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) |
| << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| |
| // Mock up a declarator. |
| Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); |
| assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); |
| |
| // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. |
| NamedDecl *Anon = 0; |
| if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, |
| DS.getLocStart(), |
| Record->getLocation(), |
| /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
| TInfo, |
| /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, |
| /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); |
| Anon->setAccess(AS); |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); |
| } else { |
| DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); |
| assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && |
| "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); |
| VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); |
| if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { |
| // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| // an error here |
| Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| Invalid = true; |
| SC = SC_None; |
| } |
| SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); |
| VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten |
| = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); |
| |
| Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, |
| DS.getLocStart(), |
| Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
| TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); |
| |
| // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be |
| // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class |
| // initializer: |
| // union { int n = 0; }; |
| ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); |
| } |
| Anon->setImplicit(); |
| |
| // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current |
| // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of |
| // its members. |
| Owner->addDecl(Anon); |
| |
| // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning |
| // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup |
| // purposes. |
| SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; |
| Chain.push_back(Anon); |
| |
| if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, |
| Chain, false)) |
| Invalid = true; |
| |
| // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not |
| // do this until after we have already checked and injected the |
| // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise |
| // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it |
| // builds its lookup table, and once by |
| // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. |
| Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); |
| |
| if (Invalid) |
| Anon->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| return Anon; |
| } |
| |
| /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an |
| /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. |
| /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx |
| /// Example: |
| /// |
| /// struct A { int a; }; |
| /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; |
| /// |
| /// void foo() { |
| /// B var; |
| /// var.a = 3; |
| /// } |
| /// |
| Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| RecordDecl *Record) { |
| |
| // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. |
| if (!Record) |
| Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); |
| |
| // Mock up a declarator. |
| Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); |
| assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); |
| |
| // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. |
| NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, |
| cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), |
| DS.getLocStart(), |
| DS.getLocStart(), |
| /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
| TInfo, |
| /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, |
| /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); |
| Anon->setImplicit(); |
| |
| // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. |
| CurContext->addDecl(Anon); |
| |
| // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current |
| // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup |
| // purposes. |
| SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; |
| Chain.push_back(Anon); |
| |
| RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); |
| if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, |
| RecordDef, AS_none, |
| Chain, true)) |
| Anon->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| return Anon; |
| } |
| |
| /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the |
| /// given Declarator. |
| DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { |
| return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. |
| DeclarationNameInfo |
| Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { |
| DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; |
| NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); |
| |
| switch (Name.getKind()) { |
| |
| case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: |
| case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: |
| NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); |
| NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); |
| return NameInfo; |
| |
| case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: |
| NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( |
| Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); |
| NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); |
| NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc |
| = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; |
| NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc |
| = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); |
| return NameInfo; |
| |
| case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: |
| NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( |
| Name.Identifier)); |
| NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); |
| NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); |
| return NameInfo; |
| |
| case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); |
| if (Ty.isNull()) |
| return DeclarationNameInfo(); |
| NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( |
| Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); |
| NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); |
| NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); |
| return NameInfo; |
| } |
| |
| case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); |
| if (Ty.isNull()) |
| return DeclarationNameInfo(); |
| NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( |
| Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); |
| NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); |
| NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); |
| return NameInfo; |
| } |
| |
| case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { |
| // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor |
| // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there |
| // to find the actual type being constructed. |
| CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); |
| if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) |
| return DeclarationNameInfo(); |
| |
| // Determine the type of the class being constructed. |
| QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); |
| |
| // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as |
| // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name |
| // was qualified. |
| |
| NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( |
| Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); |
| NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); |
| // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? |
| NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); |
| return NameInfo; |
| } |
| |
| case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); |
| if (Ty.isNull()) |
| return DeclarationNameInfo(); |
| NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( |
| Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); |
| NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); |
| NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); |
| return NameInfo; |
| } |
| |
| case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { |
| TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); |
| SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; |
| return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); |
| } |
| |
| } // switch (Name.getKind()) |
| |
| llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); |
| } |
| |
| static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { |
| do { |
| if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) |
| Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); |
| else if (Ty->isArrayType()) |
| Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); |
| else |
| return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); |
| } while (true); |
| } |
| |
| /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration |
| /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is |
| /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function |
| /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. |
| /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ |
| /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters |
| /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. |
| static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, |
| FunctionDecl *Declaration, |
| FunctionDecl *Definition, |
| SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { |
| Params.clear(); |
| if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) |
| return false; |
| for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { |
| QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| |
| // The parameter types are identical |
| if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) |
| continue; |
| |
| QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); |
| QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); |
| const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); |
| const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); |
| |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || |
| (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) |
| Params.push_back(Idx); |
| else // The two parameters aren't even close |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given |
| /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. |
| /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for |
| /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec |
| /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. |
| static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, |
| DeclarationName Name) { |
| // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: |
| // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes |
| // - types which will become injected class names |
| // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a |
| // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a |
| // few cases here. |
| |
| DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); |
| switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { |
| case DeclSpec::TST_typename: |
| case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: |
| case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: |
| case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { |
| // Grab the type from the parser. |
| TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; |
| QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); |
| if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; |
| |
| // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much |
| // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info |
| // attached already. |
| if (!TSI) |
| TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); |
| |
| // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. |
| TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); |
| if (!TSI) return true; |
| |
| // Store the new type back in the decl spec. |
| ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); |
| DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: |
| case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { |
| Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); |
| ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; |
| DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| default: |
| // Nothing to do for these decl specs. |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. |
| for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { |
| DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); |
| |
| // The only type information in the declarator which can come |
| // before the declaration name is the base type of a member |
| // pointer. |
| if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) |
| continue; |
| |
| // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. |
| CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); |
| if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
| D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); |
| Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); |
| |
| if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && |
| Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) |
| Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); |
| |
| return Dcl; |
| } |
| |
| /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: |
| /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a |
| /// name different from T: |
| /// - every static data member of class T; |
| /// - every member function of class T |
| /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; |
| /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. |
| bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, |
| DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { |
| DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
| |
| if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) |
| if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { |
| Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given |
| /// nested-name-specifier. |
| /// |
| /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. |
| /// |
| /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier |
| /// resolves. |
| /// |
| /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. |
| /// |
| /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. |
| /// |
| /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. |
| bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
| DeclarationName Name, |
| SourceLocation Loc) { |
| DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; |
| while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) |
| Cur = Cur->getParent(); |
| |
| // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: |
| // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition |
| // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of |
| // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function |
| // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the |
| // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, |
| // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of |
| // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] |
| |
| // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the |
| // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. |
| // |
| // class X { |
| // void X::f(); |
| // }; |
| if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { |
| Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification |
| : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) |
| << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); |
| SS.clear(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original |
| // declaration. |
| if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { |
| if (Cur->isRecord()) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) |
| << Name << SS.getRange(); |
| else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) |
| << Name << SS.getRange(); |
| else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) |
| << Name << SS.getRange(); |
| else |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) |
| << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (Cur->isRecord()) { |
| // Cannot qualify members within a class. |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) |
| << Name << SS.getRange(); |
| SS.clear(); |
| |
| // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break |
| // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If |
| // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. |
| if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || |
| Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && |
| !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), |
| Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) |
| return true; |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: |
| // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall |
| // not begin with a decltype-specifer" |
| NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); |
| while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) |
| SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); |
| if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( |
| SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) |
| << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { |
| // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. |
| DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
| |
| // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have |
| // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. |
| if (!Name) { |
| if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_declarator_need_ident) |
| << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); |
| return 0; |
| } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| // we find one that is. |
| while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || |
| (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) |
| S = S->getParent(); |
| |
| DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
| if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), |
| UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); |
| DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); |
| if (!DC) { |
| // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the |
| // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, |
| // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain |
| // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) |
| << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() |
| << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); |
| |
| if (!IsDependentContext && |
| RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) |
| << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { |
| if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, |
| Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { |
| if (DC->isRecord()) |
| return 0; |
| |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given |
| // declaration in the current instantiation. |
| if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && |
| TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { |
| ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); |
| if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) |
| // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. |
| // Just return early; it's safer. |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| return 0; |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| QualType R = TInfo->getType(); |
| |
| if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, |
| UPPC_DeclarationType)) |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| |
| LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| ForRedeclaration); |
| |
| // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. |
| if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| bool IsLinkageLookup = false; |
| |
| // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function |
| // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with |
| // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| /* Do nothing*/; |
| else if (R->isFunctionType()) { |
| if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || |
| D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) |
| IsLinkageLookup = true; |
| } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) |
| IsLinkageLookup = true; |
| else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && |
| D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) |
| IsLinkageLookup = true; |
| |
| if (IsLinkageLookup) |
| Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); |
| |
| LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); |
| } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" |
| LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); |
| |
| // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: |
| // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a |
| // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the |
| // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the |
| // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization |
| // thereof; [...] |
| // |
| // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have |
| // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration |
| // we want to match. For example, given: |
| // |
| // class X { |
| // void f(); |
| // void f(float); |
| // }; |
| // |
| // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed |
| // |
| // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set |
| // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them |
| // matches. |
| |
| // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: |
| // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a |
| // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by |
| // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. |
| RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); |
| } |
| |
| if (Previous.isSingleResult() && |
| Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| if (!D.isInvalidType()) |
| DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| Previous.getFoundDecl()); |
| |
| // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| Previous.clear(); |
| } |
| |
| // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type |
| // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the |
| // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a |
| // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). |
| if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && |
| D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| Previous.clear(); |
| |
| // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters |
| // of a function declaration (C++ only). |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| |
| NamedDecl *New; |
| |
| bool AddToScope = true; |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
| if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); |
| } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { |
| New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, |
| TemplateParamLists, |
| AddToScope); |
| } else { |
| New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, |
| TemplateParamLists); |
| } |
| |
| if (New == 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or |
| // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. |
| if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && |
| !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) |
| PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
| |
| return New; |
| } |
| |
| /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array |
| /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for |
| /// GCC compatibility). |
| static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, |
| ASTContext &Context, |
| bool &SizeIsNegative, |
| llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { |
| // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant |
| // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary |
| // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy |
| // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} |
| SizeIsNegative = false; |
| Oversized = 0; |
| |
| if (T->isDependentType()) |
| return QualType(); |
| |
| QualifierCollector Qs; |
| const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); |
| |
| if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { |
| QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
| QualType FixedType = |
| TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, |
| Oversized); |
| if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; |
| FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); |
| return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); |
| } |
| if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { |
| QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); |
| QualType FixedType = |
| TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, |
| Oversized); |
| if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; |
| FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); |
| return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); |
| } |
| |
| const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); |
| if (!VLATy) |
| return QualType(); |
| // FIXME: We should probably handle this case |
| if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
| return QualType(); |
| |
| llvm::APSInt Res; |
| if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || |
| !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) |
| return QualType(); |
| |
| // Check whether the array size is negative. |
| if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { |
| SizeIsNegative = true; |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. |
| unsigned ActiveSizeBits |
| = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), |
| Res); |
| if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { |
| Oversized = Res; |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), |
| Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
| } |
| |
| static void |
| FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { |
| if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { |
| PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); |
| FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), |
| DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); |
| return; |
| } |
| if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { |
| ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); |
| FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), |
| DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); |
| DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); |
| DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); |
| return; |
| } |
| ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); |
| ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); |
| TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); |
| TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); |
| DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); |
| DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); |
| DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); |
| DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); |
| } |
| |
| /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array |
| /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for |
| /// GCC compatibility). |
| static TypeSourceInfo* |
| TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| ASTContext &Context, |
| bool &SizeIsNegative, |
| llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { |
| QualType FixedTy |
| = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, |
| SizeIsNegative, Oversized); |
| if (FixedTy.isNull()) |
| return 0; |
| TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); |
| FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), |
| FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| return FixedTInfo; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so |
| /// that it can be found later for redeclarations |
| void |
| Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, |
| const LookupResult &Previous, |
| Scope *S) { |
| assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && |
| "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); |
| // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. |
| LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; |
| |
| if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) |
| return; |
| |
| NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); |
| |
| // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in |
| // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new |
| // declaration. |
| if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { |
| // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver |
| // chain, so remove it from its scope. |
| |
| if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { |
| // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. |
| // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain |
| // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. |
| IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); |
| |
| } else { |
| // Find the scope for the original declaration. |
| while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) |
| S = S->getParent(); |
| } |
| |
| if (S) |
| S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator |
| Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { |
| if (ExternalSource) { |
| // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. |
| SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; |
| ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); |
| for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
| = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); |
| if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) |
| LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that |
| /// does not identify a function. |
| void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { |
| // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid |
| // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_inline_non_function); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_explicit_non_function); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_noreturn_non_function); |
| } |
| |
| NamedDecl* |
| Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { |
| // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) |
| << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. |
| DC = CurContext; |
| Previous.clear(); |
| } |
| |
| DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) |
| << 1; |
| |
| if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { |
| Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) |
| << D.getName().getSourceRange(); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); |
| if (!NewTD) return 0; |
| |
| // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); |
| |
| CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); |
| |
| bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); |
| NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); |
| D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); |
| return ND; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { |
| // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type |
| // then it shall have block scope. |
| // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so |
| // that redeclarations will match. |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
| if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| |
| if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
| bool SizeIsNegative; |
| llvm::APSInt Oversized; |
| TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = |
| TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, |
| SizeIsNegative, |
| Oversized); |
| if (FixedTInfo) { |
| Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); |
| } else { |
| if (SizeIsNegative) |
| Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) |
| Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); |
| else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) |
| Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) |
| << Oversized.toString(10); |
| else |
| Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which |
| /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via |
| /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. |
| NamedDecl* |
| Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, |
| LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { |
| // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is |
| // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. |
| FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, |
| /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); |
| filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); |
| if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| Redeclaration = true; |
| MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); |
| } |
| |
| // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. |
| if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) |
| if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { |
| if (II->isStr("FILE")) |
| Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); |
| else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) |
| Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); |
| else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) |
| Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); |
| else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) |
| Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); |
| } |
| |
| return NewTD; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope |
| /// previous declaration. |
| /// |
| /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a |
| /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a |
| /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new |
| /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with |
| /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 |
| /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| /// |
| /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name |
| /// lookup |
| /// |
| /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being |
| /// declared. |
| /// |
| /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration |
| /// for a new delcaration with the same name. |
| static bool |
| isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, |
| ASTContext &Context) { |
| if (!PrevDecl) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // C++ [basic.link]p6: |
| // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage |
| // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared |
| // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block |
| // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the |
| // linkage of the previous declaration. |
| DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); |
| if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. |
| return false; |
| |
| DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); |
| if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) |
| // We found a member function: ignore it. |
| return false; |
| |
| // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and |
| // previous declarations. |
| OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); |
| PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); |
| |
| // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it |
| // isn't the same function. |
| if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { |
| CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); |
| if (!SS.isSet()) return; |
| DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { |
| QualType type = decl->getType(); |
| Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); |
| if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { |
| // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. |
| unsigned kind = -1U; |
| if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { |
| if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
| kind = 0; // __block |
| else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) |
| kind = 1; // global |
| } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { |
| kind = 3; // ivar |
| } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { |
| kind = 2; // field |
| } |
| |
| if (kind != -1U) { |
| Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) |
| << kind; |
| } |
| } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { |
| // Try to infer lifetime. |
| if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) |
| return false; |
| |
| lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); |
| type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); |
| decl->setType(type); |
| } |
| |
| if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { |
| // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. |
| if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && |
| var->isThreadSpecified()) { |
| Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) |
| << var->getType(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { |
| // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. |
| if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { |
| if (ND.getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) { |
| S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); |
| ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); |
| } |
| } |
| if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { |
| if (ND.hasExternalLinkage()) { |
| S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); |
| ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { |
| const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| return VD->hasExternalStorageAsWritten(); |
| if (DC->isFileContext()) |
| return true; |
| if (DC->isRecord()) |
| return false; |
| llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); |
| } |
| |
| static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| return true; |
| if (DC->isRecord()) |
| return false; |
| llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); |
| } |
| |
| NamedDecl* |
| Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, |
| MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { |
| QualType R = TInfo->getType(); |
| DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); |
| |
| DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); |
| assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && |
| "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); |
| VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) |
| { |
| // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and |
| // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). |
| if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { |
| // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| // an error here |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| SC = SC_None; |
| } |
| SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); |
| VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten |
| = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); |
| |
| IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| if (!II) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) |
| << Name; |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| |
| if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
| // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not |
| // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. |
| if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { |
| |
| // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this |
| // is a GNU extension. |
| if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); |
| else |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
| // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the |
| // OpenCL __local address space. |
| if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { |
| SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; |
| SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; |
| } |
| |
| // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: |
| // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address |
| // space qualifiers. |
| if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || |
| R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); |
| } |
| |
| // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: |
| // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. |
| // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global |
| // address space qualifiers. |
| if (R->isEventT()) { |
| if (S->getParent() == 0) { |
| Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| |
| if (R.getAddressSpace()) { |
| Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; |
| VarDecl *NewVD; |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), |
| D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, |
| R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); |
| |
| if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } else { |
| if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. |
| if (SC == SC_Static) { |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| } else if (SC == SC_None) |
| SC = SC_Static; |
| } |
| if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { |
| if (RD->isLocalClass()) |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) |
| << Name << RD->getDeclName(); |
| |
| // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, |
| // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. |
| if (RD->isUnion()) |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 |
| ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union |
| : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; |
| // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. |
| else if (!RD->getDeclName()) |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) |
| << Name << RD->isUnion(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then |
| // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. |
| isExplicitSpecialization = false; |
| bool Invalid = false; |
| if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams |
| = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
| D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), |
| D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| D.getCXXScopeSpec(), |
| TemplateParamLists.data(), |
| TemplateParamLists.size(), |
| /*never a friend*/ false, |
| isExplicitSpecialization, |
| Invalid)) { |
| if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { |
| // There is no such thing as a variable template. |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) |
| << II |
| << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), |
| TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); |
| return 0; |
| } else { |
| // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain |
| // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. |
| Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), |
| diag::err_template_variable_noparams) |
| << II |
| << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), |
| TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), |
| D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, |
| R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); |
| |
| // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the |
| // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && |
| R->getContainedAutoType()) |
| ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); |
| |
| if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); |
| |
| if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, |
| TemplateParamLists.size(), |
| TemplateParamLists.data()); |
| } |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) |
| NewVD->setConstexpr(true); |
| } |
| |
| // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
| NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { |
| if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); |
| else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); |
| else |
| NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); |
| } |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { |
| if (isExplicitSpecialization) |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) |
| << 2 |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) |
| << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() |
| << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| else |
| NewVD->setModulePrivate(); |
| } |
| |
| // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); |
| |
| if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) |
| CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { |
| // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static |
| // storage [duration]." |
| if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && |
| (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || |
| NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { |
| NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); |
| NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of |
| // retainable type. |
| if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
| StringRef Label = SE->getString(); |
| if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { |
| switch (SC) { |
| case SC_None: |
| case SC_Auto: |
| Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; |
| break; |
| case SC_Register: |
| if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) |
| Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; |
| break; |
| case SC_Static: |
| case SC_Extern: |
| case SC_PrivateExtern: |
| case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), |
| Context, Label)); |
| } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { |
| llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = |
| ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); |
| if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { |
| NewVD->addAttr(I->second); |
| ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. |
| if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) |
| CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); |
| |
| // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different |
| // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new |
| // declaration has linkage). |
| FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), |
| isExplicitSpecialization); |
| |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); |
| } else { |
| // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. |
| if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| if (Previous.isSingleResult() && |
| isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && |
| D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| // The user tried to define a non-static data member |
| // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) |
| << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| Previous.clear(); |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) |
| << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) |
| << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); |
| |
| // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. |
| if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); |
| checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); |
| |
| // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of |
| // such variables. |
| if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && |
| !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); |
| |
| return NewVD; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements |
| /// -Wshadow. |
| /// |
| /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" |
| /// scope. |
| /// |
| /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared |
| /// \param R the lookup of the name |
| /// |
| void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { |
| // Return if warning is ignored. |
| if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == |
| DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) |
| return; |
| |
| // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. |
| if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) |
| return; |
| |
| DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); |
| |
| // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. |
| if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) |
| return; |
| |
| NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); |
| if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) |
| return; |
| |
| // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. |
| if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) |
| if (MD->isStatic()) |
| return; |
| |
| if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) |
| if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { |
| // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global |
| // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. |
| for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator |
| I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); |
| I != E; ++I) |
| if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { |
| ShadowedDecl = *I; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); |
| |
| // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. |
| if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { |
| // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. |
| if (!OldDC->isRecord()) |
| return; |
| |
| // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing |
| // static data members from base classes? |
| |
| // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. |
| // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the |
| // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. |
| } |
| |
| // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. |
| unsigned Kind; |
| if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { |
| if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) |
| Kind = 3; // field |
| else |
| Kind = 2; // static data member |
| } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) |
| Kind = 1; // global |
| else |
| Kind = 0; // local |
| |
| DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); |
| |
| // Emit warning and note. |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; |
| Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. |
| void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { |
| if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == |
| DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) |
| return; |
| |
| LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), |
| Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); |
| LookupName(R, S); |
| CheckShadow(S, D, R); |
| } |
| |
| template<typename T> |
| static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { |
| const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext(); |
| if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) |
| return true; |
| |
| // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local |
| // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context |
| // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case. |
| // We need to this because of code like |
| // |
| // namespace { struct bar {}; } |
| // auto foo = bar(); |
| // |
| // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before |
| // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage |
| // unless it is in an extern C block. |
| if (!DC->isExternCContext()) { |
| const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext(); |
| if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return ND->isExternC(); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable |
| /// declaration. |
| /// |
| /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a |
| /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to |
| /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators |
| /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables |
| /// that have been instantiated from a template. |
| /// |
| /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. |
| /// |
| /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. |
| bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, |
| LookupResult &Previous) { |
| // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. |
| if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return false; |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
| |
| if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); |
| T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); |
| NewVD->setType(T); |
| } |
| |
| // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. |
| // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not |
| // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. |
| // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 |
| if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program |
| // scope. |
| if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) |
| && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() |
| && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); |
| else { |
| assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); |
| if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || |
| NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
| getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| |
| if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || |
| (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { |
| bool SizeIsNegative; |
| llvm::APSInt Oversized; |
| TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = |
| TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, |
| SizeIsNegative, Oversized); |
| if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { |
| const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); |
| // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for |
| // int a[10][n]; |
| SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) |
| << SizeRange; |
| else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) |
| << SizeRange; |
| else |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) |
| << SizeRange; |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (FixedTInfo == 0) { |
| if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| else |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); |
| NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); |
| } |
| |
| if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { |
| // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible |
| // extern "C" declaration with the same name. |
| llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
| = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); |
| if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) |
| Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); |
| } |
| |
| // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. |
| filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); |
| |
| if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) |
| << T; |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && |
| RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, |
| diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { |
| NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod |
| struct FindOverriddenMethodData { |
| Sema *S; |
| CXXMethodDecl *Method; |
| }; |
| |
| /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ |
| /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with |
| /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). |
| static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, |
| CXXBasePath &Path, |
| void *UserData) { |
| RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); |
| |
| FindOverriddenMethodData *Data |
| = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); |
| |
| DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); |
| |
| // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? |
| if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { |
| // We really want to find the base class destructor here. |
| QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); |
| CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); |
| |
| Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); |
| } |
| |
| for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); |
| !Path.Decls.empty(); |
| Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { |
| NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { |
| if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| namespace { |
| enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; |
| } |
| /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant |
| /// overriden methods. |
| /// |
| /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. |
| /// \param MD the overriding method. |
| /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. |
| static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { |
| S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); |
| for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), |
| E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); |
| I != E; ++I) { |
| // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but |
| // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing |
| // out the diag loop 3 times. |
| if ((OEK == OEK_All) || |
| (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || |
| (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) |
| S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, |
| /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. |
| bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { |
| // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. |
| CXXBasePaths Paths; |
| FindOverriddenMethodData Data; |
| Data.Method = MD; |
| Data.S = this; |
| bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; |
| bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; |
| bool AddedAny = false; |
| if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { |
| for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), |
| E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { |
| MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && |
| !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && |
| !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && |
| !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { |
| hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); |
| hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); |
| AddedAny = true; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { |
| ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); |
| } |
| if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { |
| ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); |
| } |
| |
| return AddedAny; |
| } |
| |
| namespace { |
| // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by |
| // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. |
| struct ActOnFDArgs { |
| Scope *S; |
| Declarator &D; |
| MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; |
| bool AddToScope; |
| }; |
| } |
| |
| namespace { |
| |
| // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. |
| // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. |
| class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { |
| public: |
| DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, |
| CXXRecordDecl *Parent) |
| : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), |
| ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} |
| |
| virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { |
| if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) |
| return false; |
| |
| SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; |
| for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), |
| CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); |
| CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { |
| FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); |
| |
| if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && |
| hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { |
| CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); |
| if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) |
| return true; |
| } else if (!ExpectedParent) { |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| ASTContext &Context; |
| FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; |
| CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; |
| }; |
| |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. |
| /// |
| /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid |
| /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations |
| /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with |
| /// the same name. |
| /// |
| /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in |
| /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. |
| static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( |
| Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { |
| NamedDecl *Result = NULL; |
| DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); |
| DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); |
| LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), |
| Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); |
| SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; |
| SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; |
| TypoCorrection Correction; |
| bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); |
| unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend |
| : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; |
| |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); |
| assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && |
| "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); |
| CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); |
| DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, |
| MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); |
| if (!Prev.empty()) { |
| for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); |
| Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { |
| FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); |
| if (FD && |
| hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { |
| // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't |
| // involve a parameter |
| unsigned ParamNum = |
| MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; |
| NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); |
| } |
| } |
| // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction |
| } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), |
| Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, |
| Validator, NewDC))) { |
| // Trap errors. |
| Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); |
| |
| // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator |
| ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), |
| ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| Previous.clear(); |
| Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); |
| for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), |
| CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); |
| CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { |
| FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); |
| if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && |
| hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { |
| Previous.addDecl(FD); |
| } |
| } |
| bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); |
| // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the |
| // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully |
| // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. |
| Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( |
| ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, |
| Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), |
| NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, |
| ExtraArgs.AddToScope); |
| if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { |
| // Pretend the typo correction never occurred |
| ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), |
| ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); |
| Previous.clear(); |
| Previous.setLookupName(Name); |
| Result = NULL; |
| } else { |
| for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), |
| FuncEnd = Previous.end(); |
| Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { |
| if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) |
| NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); |
| } |
| } |
| if (NearMatches.empty()) { |
| // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches |
| Correction = TypoCorrection(); |
| } else { |
| DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest |
| : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (Correction) { |
| // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range |
| // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in |
| // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix |
| // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. |
| SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); |
| CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); |
| if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) |
| FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); |
| SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) |
| << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
| FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); |
| } else { |
| SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) |
| << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); |
| } |
| |
| bool NewFDisConst = false; |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) |
| NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); |
| |
| for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator |
| NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); |
| NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { |
| FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; |
| bool FDisConst = false; |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) |
| FDisConst = MD->isConst(); |
| |
| if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { |
| ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); |
| SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); |
| if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); |
| SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) |
| << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); |
| } else if (Correction) { |
| SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
| << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
| } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { |
| SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) |
| << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); |
| } else |
| SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); |
| } |
| return Result; |
| } |
| |
| static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, |
| Declarator &D) { |
| switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_register: |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| break; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { |
| if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
| // C99 6.7.1p5: |
| // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has |
| // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier |
| // other than extern |
| // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). |
| SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_static_block_func); |
| break; |
| } else |
| return SC_Static; |
| } |
| case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; |
| } |
| |
| // No explicit storage class has already been returned |
| return SC_None; |
| } |
| |
| static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, |
| DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, |
| bool &IsVirtualOkay) { |
| DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
| |
| FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; |
| bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); |
| DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); |
| FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten |
| = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); |
| |
| if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // Determine whether the function was written with a |
| // prototype. This true when: |
| // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or |
| // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference |
| // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). |
| bool HasPrototype = |
| (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || |
| (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); |
| |
| NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, |
| D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, |
| TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, |
| HasPrototype); |
| if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // Set the lexical context. |
| NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); |
| |
| return NewFD; |
| } |
| |
| bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); |
| bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); |
| |
| // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. |
| // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| // the class has been completely parsed. |
| if (!DC->isRecord() && |
| SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), |
| diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| |
| if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { |
| // This is a C++ constructor declaration. |
| assert(DC->isRecord() && |
| "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); |
| |
| R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, |
| R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, |
| /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, |
| isConstexpr); |
| |
| } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { |
| // This is a C++ destructor declaration. |
| if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); |
| CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( |
| SemaRef.Context, Record, |
| D.getLocStart(), |
| NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, |
| /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
| |
| // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception |
| // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do |
| // it yet. |
| if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && |
| Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && |
| R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { |
| SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); |
| } |
| |
| IsVirtualOkay = true; |
| return NewDD; |
| |
| } else { |
| SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| |
| // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing |
| // code path. |
| return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, |
| D.getLocStart(), |
| D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, |
| SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, |
| /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); |
| } |
| |
| } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { |
| if (!DC->isRecord()) { |
| SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| diag::err_conv_function_not_member); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| IsVirtualOkay = true; |
| return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, |
| R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, |
| isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); |
| |
| } else if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, |
| // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. |
| // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a |
| // constructor if it has no return type). |
| if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && |
| Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ |
| SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) |
| << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) |
| << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; |
| |
| // [class.free]p1: |
| // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member |
| // (even if not explicitly declared static). |
| if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || |
| Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) |
| isStatic = true; |
| |
| // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member |
| // (even if not explicitly declared static). |
| if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || |
| Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) |
| isStatic = true; |
| |
| IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; |
| |
| // This is a C++ method declaration. |
| return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, |
| TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, |
| isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); |
| |
| } else { |
| // Determine whether the function was written with a |
| // prototype. This true when: |
| // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), |
| return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, |
| D.getLocStart(), |
| NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, |
| true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { |
| // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a |
| // typedef of void is not permitted. |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { |
| bool IsTypeAlias = false; |
| if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) |
| IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); |
| else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = |
| Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) |
| IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); |
| Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) |
| << IsTypeAlias; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| NamedDecl* |
| Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, |
| MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| bool &AddToScope) { |
| QualType R = TInfo->getType(); |
| |
| assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
| |
| // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. |
| DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
| FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); |
| |
| // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. |
| if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 |
| << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); |
| |
| QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); |
| T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); |
| if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { |
| FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); |
| R = Context.getFunctionType(T, |
| ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), |
| FPT->getNumArgs()), |
| EPI); |
| } |
| else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) |
| R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); |
| } |
| |
| bool isFriend = false; |
| FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; |
| bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; |
| bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; |
| |
| bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; |
| bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; |
| TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; |
| |
| bool isVirtualOkay = false; |
| |
| FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, |
| isVirtualOkay); |
| if (!NewFD) return 0; |
| |
| if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) |
| NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); |
| bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); |
| bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); |
| bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); |
| isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); |
| if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { |
| // C++ [class.friend]p5 |
| // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a |
| // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. |
| NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); |
| } |
| |
| // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor |
| // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already |
| // return true). |
| if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = |
| dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { |
| if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) |
| NewFD->setPure(true); |
| } |
| |
| SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); |
| isExplicitSpecialization = false; |
| isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; |
| if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ |
| // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the |
| // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
| NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| |
| // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then |
| // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. |
| bool Invalid = false; |
| if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams |
| = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
| D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), |
| D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| D.getCXXScopeSpec(), |
| TemplateParamLists.data(), |
| TemplateParamLists.size(), |
| isFriend, |
| isExplicitSpecialization, |
| Invalid)) { |
| if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { |
| // This is a function template |
| |
| // Check that we can declare a template here. |
| if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| // A destructor cannot be a template. |
| if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to |
| // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, |
| // now that we know what the current instantiation is. |
| if (DC->isDependentContext()) { |
| ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); |
| if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| |
| |
| FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| NewFD->getLocation(), |
| Name, TemplateParams, |
| NewFD); |
| FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); |
| |
| // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. |
| if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { |
| NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, |
| TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, |
| TemplateParamLists.data()); |
| } |
| } else { |
| // This is a function template specialization. |
| isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; |
| // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. |
| NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, |
| TemplateParamLists.size(), |
| TemplateParamLists.data()); |
| |
| // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". |
| if (isFriend) { |
| // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. |
| SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a |
| // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: |
| // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, |
| // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So |
| // we need to insert '<>' after the name. |
| SourceLocation InsertLoc; |
| if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { |
| InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); |
| InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); |
| } |
| |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) |
| << Name << RemoveRange |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else { |
| // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: |
| // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. |
| if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) |
| // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. |
| NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, |
| TemplateParamLists.size(), |
| TemplateParamLists.data()); |
| } |
| |
| if (Invalid) { |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| if (FunctionTemplate) |
| FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: |
| // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of |
| // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a |
| // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. |
| // |
| if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| if (!isVirtualOkay) { |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); |
| } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { |
| // C++ [temp.mem]p3: |
| // A member function template shall not be virtual. |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); |
| } else { |
| // Okay: Add virtual to the method. |
| NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: |
| // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function |
| // declaration. |
| if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
| // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: |
| // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a |
| // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; |
| // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. |
| if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); |
| } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && |
| !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor |
| // or conversion function. |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (isConstexpr) { |
| // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors |
| // are implicitly inline. |
| NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); |
| |
| // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to |
| // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, |
| // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. |
| if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); |
| } |
| |
| // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { |
| if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { |
| SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc |
| = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); |
| Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) |
| << 0 |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); |
| } else { |
| NewFD->setModulePrivate(); |
| if (FunctionTemplate) |
| FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (isFriend) { |
| // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. |
| if (FunctionTemplate) { |
| FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); |
| FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); |
| } |
| NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); |
| NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); |
| } |
| |
| // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. |
| switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { |
| case FDK_Declaration: |
| case FDK_Definition: |
| break; |
| |
| case FDK_Defaulted: |
| NewFD->setDefaulted(); |
| break; |
| |
| case FDK_Deleted: |
| NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && |
| D.isFunctionDefinition()) { |
| // C++ [class.mfct]p2: |
| // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in |
| // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) |
| NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); |
| } |
| |
| if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && |
| !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| // C++ [class.static]p1: |
| // A data or function member of a class may be declared static |
| // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of |
| // the class. |
| |
| // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line |
| // member function definition. |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| } |
| |
| // C++11 [except.spec]p15: |
| // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated |
| // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). |
| const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || |
| Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && |
| getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { |
| FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); |
| EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; |
| NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), |
| ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), |
| FPT->getNumArgs()), |
| EPI)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. |
| FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), |
| isExplicitSpecialization || |
| isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); |
| |
| // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
| NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, |
| SE->getString())); |
| } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { |
| llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = |
| ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); |
| if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { |
| NewFD->addAttr(I->second); |
| ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function |
| // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. |
| SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { |
| DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); |
| |
| // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs |
| // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a |
| // single void argument. |
| // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator |
| // already checks for that case. |
| if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && |
| FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && |
| cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { |
| // Empty arg list, don't push any params. |
| checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); |
| } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { |
| for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); |
| assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); |
| Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); |
| Params.push_back(Param); |
| |
| if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the |
| // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) |
| // parameters for use in the declaration. |
| // |
| // @code |
| // typedef void fn(int); |
| // fn f; |
| // @endcode |
| |
| // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), |
| AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = |
| BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); |
| Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); |
| Params.push_back(Param); |
| } |
| } else { |
| assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && |
| "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); |
| } |
| |
| // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. |
| NewFD->setParams(Params); |
| |
| // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function |
| // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: |
| // |
| // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} |
| // |
| // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. |
| NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); |
| DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) |
| NewFD->addAttr( |
| ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), |
| Context)); |
| |
| // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. |
| ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, |
| /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); |
| |
| // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 |
| // because all functions have linkage. |
| if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| // Handle attributes. |
| ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, |
| /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); |
| |
| QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); |
| const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? |
| RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); |
| if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && |
| Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { |
| const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); |
| if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { |
| NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), |
| Context)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. |
| bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; |
| if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| if (NewFD->isMain()) |
| CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); |
| D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, |
| isExplicitSpecialization)); |
| } |
| // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. |
| else if (!Previous.empty()) |
| D.setRedeclaration(true); |
| assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || |
| Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && |
| "previous declaration set still overloaded"); |
| } else { |
| // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template |
| // argument list into our AST format. |
| if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { |
| TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; |
| TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); |
| TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); |
| ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), |
| TemplateId->NumArgs); |
| translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, |
| TemplateArgs); |
| |
| HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; |
| |
| if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; |
| } else if (FunctionTemplate) { |
| // Function template with explicit template arguments. |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) |
| << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); |
| |
| HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; |
| } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && |
| !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { |
| // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a |
| // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template |
| // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had |
| // too few of them). |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) |
| << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( |
| D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), |
| "template<> "); |
| isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; |
| } else { |
| // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. |
| isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; |
| } |
| } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { |
| // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user |
| // wrote something like: |
| // template <> friend void foo(int); |
| // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: |
| // friend void foo<>(int); |
| // Go ahead and fake up a template id. |
| HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; |
| TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| } |
| |
| // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible |
| // that either the specialized function type or the specialized |
| // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In |
| // this case, don't check the specialization yet. |
| bool InstantiationDependent = false; |
| if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && |
| (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || |
| TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( |
| TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), |
| InstantiationDependent))) { |
| assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && |
| "friend function specialization without template args"); |
| if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, |
| Previous)) |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { |
| if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() |
| && !isFriend) { |
| isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? |
| diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : |
| diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) |
| << NewFD->getDeclName(); |
| } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, |
| (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), |
| Previous)) |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: |
| // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit |
| // specialization (14.7.3) |
| if (SC != SC_None) { |
| if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) |
| << SC |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
| D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| |
| else |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), |
| diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
| D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| } |
| |
| } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. |
| if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { |
| if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. |
| // This avoids some consistency errors later. |
| if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) |
| methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } else { |
| if (NewFD->isMain()) |
| CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); |
| D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, |
| isExplicitSpecialization)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || |
| Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && |
| "previous declaration set still overloaded"); |
| |
| NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate |
| ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) |
| : NewFD); |
| |
| if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { |
| AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; |
| if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); |
| |
| NewFD->setAccess(Access); |
| if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); |
| |
| PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); |
| } |
| |
| if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && |
| PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) |
| PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); |
| |
| // If we have a function template, check the template parameter |
| // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. |
| if (FunctionTemplate) { |
| FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = |
| FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); |
| CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), |
| PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, |
| D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() |
| ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() |
| ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition |
| : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) |
| : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && |
| DC && DC->isRecord() && |
| DC->isDependentContext()) |
| ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember |
| : TPC_FunctionTemplate); |
| } |
| |
| if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| // Ignore all the rest of this. |
| } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { |
| struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, |
| AddToScope }; |
| // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. |
| if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) |
| NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); |
| |
| // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. |
| if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or |
| // dependent-scope friend declarations. |
| |
| // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent |
| // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when |
| // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be |
| // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there |
| // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we |
| // can actually do this check immediately. |
| if (isFriend && |
| (TemplateParamLists.size() || |
| D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || |
| CurContext->isDependentContext())) { |
| // ignore these |
| } else { |
| // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a |
| // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there |
| // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, |
| // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: |
| // |
| // class X { |
| // void f() const; |
| // }; |
| // |
| // void X::f() { } // ill-formed |
| // |
| // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close |
| // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and |
| // whether the parameter types are references). |
| |
| if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, |
| NewFD, |
| ExtraArgs)) { |
| AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; |
| return Result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve |
| // to something. |
| } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { |
| if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, |
| NewFD, |
| ExtraArgs)) { |
| AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; |
| return Result; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && |
| !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && |
| !isExplicitSpecialization) { |
| // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a |
| // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of |
| // function templates or member functions of class templates, per |
| // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an |
| // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to |
| // generate them. |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) |
| << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); |
| checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); |
| |
| AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); |
| |
| if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && |
| !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) |
| << NewFD; |
| |
| // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. |
| const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
| EPI.Variadic = true; |
| EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); |
| |
| QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), |
| ArrayRef<QualType>(), |
| EPI); |
| NewFD->setType(R); |
| } |
| |
| // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class |
| // member, set the visibility of this function. |
| if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->hasExternalLinkage()) |
| AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); |
| |
| // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider |
| // marking the function. |
| AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); |
| |
| // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the |
| // map of such names. |
| if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() |
| && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); |
| |
| // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. |
| NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (FunctionTemplate) { |
| if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return FunctionTemplate; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { |
| // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. |
| if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) |
| && (SC == SC_Static)) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| |
| // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. |
| if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| |
| for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), |
| PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; |
| QualType PT = Param->getType(); |
| |
| // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: |
| // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a |
| // pointer to a pointer type. |
| if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { |
| Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| |
| // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: |
| // A kernel function argument cannot be declared |
| // of event_t type. |
| if (PT->isEventT()) { |
| Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CUDA) |
| if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) |
| if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { |
| if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { |
| if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); |
| |
| Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. |
| // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation |
| // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. |
| if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { |
| ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = |
| ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( |
| Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), |
| cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), |
| HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); |
| CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); |
| AddToScope = false; |
| } |
| |
| return NewFD; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. |
| /// |
| /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration |
| /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not |
| /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is |
| /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed |
| /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions |
| /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called |
| /// via InstantiateDecl). |
| /// |
| /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is |
| /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. |
| /// |
| /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. |
| /// |
| /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. |
| bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| LookupResult &Previous, |
| bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { |
| assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() |
| && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); |
| |
| // Check for a previous declaration of this name. |
| if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { |
| // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible |
| // extern "C" declaration with the same name. |
| llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
| = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); |
| if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) |
| Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); |
| } |
| |
| // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. |
| filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); |
| |
| bool Redeclaration = false; |
| NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; |
| |
| // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of |
| // the same name, if appropriate. |
| if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or |
| // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, |
| // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new |
| // function to the scope. |
| if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { |
| Redeclaration = true; |
| OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); |
| } else { |
| switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, |
| /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { |
| case Ovl_Match: |
| Redeclaration = true; |
| break; |
| |
| case Ovl_NonFunction: |
| Redeclaration = true; |
| break; |
| |
| case Ovl_Overload: |
| Redeclaration = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { |
| // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function |
| // with that name must be marked "overloadable". |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) |
| << Redeclaration << NewFD; |
| NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; |
| if (Redeclaration) |
| OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; |
| else if (!Previous.empty()) |
| OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
| if (OverloadedDecl) |
| Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); |
| NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), |
| Context)); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: |
| // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not |
| // a constructor declares that member function to be const. |
| // |
| // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line |
| // definition of a static member function. |
| CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); |
| if (MD && MD->isConstexpr() && !MD->isStatic() && |
| !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && |
| (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { |
| CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); |
| if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = |
| dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) |
| OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); |
| if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { |
| const FunctionProtoType *FPT = |
| MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); |
| EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; |
| MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), |
| ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), |
| FPT->getNumArgs()), |
| EPI)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (Redeclaration) { |
| // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be |
| // merged. |
| if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return Redeclaration; |
| } |
| |
| Previous.clear(); |
| Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); |
| |
| if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl |
| = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { |
| NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); |
| FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl |
| = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); |
| assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *Method |
| = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { |
| Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); |
| NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); |
| } |
| |
| // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function |
| // template, mark it as a member specialization. |
| if (IsExplicitSpecialization && |
| NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { |
| NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); |
| assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); |
| } |
| |
| } else { |
| // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. |
| NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); |
| |
| if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, |
| // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition |
| // because of templates, which means that the previous |
| // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. |
| |
| // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. |
| CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); |
| NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); |
| |
| // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. |
| if (NewFD->isInlined() && |
| !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { |
| // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original |
| // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is |
| // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. |
| oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); |
| if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { |
| Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // C++-specific checks. |
| if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| CheckConstructor(Constructor); |
| } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = |
| dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); |
| QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); |
| |
| // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class |
| // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. |
| if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { |
| DeclarationName Name |
| = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( |
| Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); |
| if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return Redeclaration; |
| } |
| } |
| } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion |
| = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); |
| } |
| |
| // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && |
| !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && |
| Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { |
| if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { |
| // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. |
| if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { |
| ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (Method->isStatic()) |
| checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); |
| } |
| |
| // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). |
| if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && |
| CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return Redeclaration; |
| } |
| |
| // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). |
| if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && |
| CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return Redeclaration; |
| } |
| |
| // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless |
| // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done |
| // during delayed parsing anyway. |
| if (!CurContext->isRecord()) |
| CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); |
| |
| // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this |
| // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. |
| if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { |
| ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; |
| LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); |
| QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); |
| if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { |
| // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, |
| // so forget about the builtin entirely. |
| Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if |
| // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C |
| // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. |
| // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. |
| if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { |
| QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); |
| if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) |
| << NewFD << R; |
| else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && |
| !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; |
| } |
| } |
| return Redeclaration; |
| } |
| |
| static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| if (!TSI) |
| return SourceRange(); |
| |
| TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); |
| FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); |
| if (!FunctionTL) |
| return SourceRange(); |
| |
| TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); |
| if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) |
| return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); |
| |
| return SourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { |
| // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, |
| // static or constexpr is ill-formed. |
| // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall |
| // appear in a declaration of main. |
| // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. |
| // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. |
| if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) |
| Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
| ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) |
| Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); |
| if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { |
| SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); |
| SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, |
| PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); |
| Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); |
| Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); |
| } |
| if (FD->isConstexpr()) { |
| Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); |
| FD->setConstexpr(false); |
| } |
| |
| QualType T = FD->getType(); |
| assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); |
| const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
| |
| // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { |
| // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; |
| // set the flag which tells us that. |
| // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. |
| FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); |
| |
| // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return |
| // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the |
| // implicit-return-zero rule. |
| } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); |
| |
| SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); |
| if (ResultRange.isValid()) |
| Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); |
| |
| // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. |
| } else { |
| SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); |
| if (ResultRange.isValid()) |
| Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); |
| else |
| Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); |
| |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(true); |
| } |
| |
| // Treat protoless main() as nullary. |
| if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; |
| |
| const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); |
| unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); |
| assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); |
| |
| bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); |
| |
| // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If |
| // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start |
| // getting shifty. |
| if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) |
| HasExtraParameters = false; |
| |
| if (HasExtraParameters) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(true); |
| nparams = 3; |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved |
| // if we had some location information about types. |
| |
| QualType CharPP = |
| Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); |
| QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; |
| |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { |
| QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); |
| |
| bool mismatch = true; |
| |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) |
| mismatch = false; |
| else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { |
| // As an extension, the following forms are okay: |
| // char const ** |
| // char const * const * |
| // char * const * |
| |
| QualifierCollector qs; |
| const PointerType* PT; |
| if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && |
| (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && |
| Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), |
| Context.CharTy)) { |
| qs.removeConst(); |
| mismatch = !qs.empty(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (mismatch) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; |
| // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(true); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); |
| } |
| |
| if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { |
| // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for |
| // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or |
| // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, |
| // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated |
| // expressions. Everything else falls under the |
| // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. |
| // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression |
| // rules there don't matter.) |
| if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) |
| return false; |
| Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) |
| << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| namespace { |
| // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in |
| // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. |
| class SelfReferenceChecker |
| : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { |
| Sema &S; |
| Decl *OrigDecl; |
| bool isRecordType; |
| bool isPODType; |
| bool isReferenceType; |
| |
| public: |
| typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; |
| |
| SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), |
| S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { |
| isPODType = false; |
| isRecordType = false; |
| isReferenceType = false; |
| if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { |
| isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); |
| isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); |
| isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. |
| // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional |
| // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. |
| void HandleValue(Expr *E) { |
| if (isReferenceType) |
| return; |
| E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { |
| HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { |
| HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); |
| HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { |
| Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { |
| // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. |
| if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) |
| return; |
| Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| } |
| if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) |
| HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are |
| // bad, not just r-value uses. |
| void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
| if (isReferenceType) |
| HandleDeclRefExpr(E); |
| } |
| |
| void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { |
| if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || |
| (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) |
| HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); |
| |
| Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); |
| } |
| |
| void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { |
| // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. |
| if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; |
| |
| // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member |
| // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. |
| CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); |
| bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); |
| Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { |
| if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) |
| Warn = false; |
| Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| } |
| |
| if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { |
| if (Warn) |
| HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. |
| // Visit that expression. |
| Visit(Base); |
| } |
| |
| void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { |
| // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. |
| if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && |
| isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { |
| if (!isPODType) |
| HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); |
| return; |
| } |
| Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); |
| } |
| |
| void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } |
| |
| void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { |
| Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); |
| if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; |
| unsigned diag; |
| if (isReferenceType) { |
| diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; |
| } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { |
| diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; |
| } else { |
| diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; |
| } |
| |
| S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, |
| S.PDiag(diag) |
| << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() |
| << OrigDecl->getLocation() |
| << DRE->getSourceRange()); |
| } |
| }; |
| |
| /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. |
| static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, |
| bool DirectInit) { |
| // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, |
| // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. |
| if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) |
| return; |
| |
| E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
| |
| // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. |
| // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. |
| if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) |
| if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) |
| if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) |
| if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) |
| if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) |
| return; |
| |
| SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the |
| /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct |
| /// initialization rather than copy initialization. |
| void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, |
| bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { |
| // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore |
| // the initializer. |
| if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return; |
| |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot |
| // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. |
| // Thus this grotesque test. |
| IntegerLiteral *IL; |
| if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && |
| Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) |
| CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); |
| else { |
| Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) |
| << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| Method->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); |
| if (!VDecl) { |
| assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); |
| Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); |
| RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); |
| |
| // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. |
| AutoType *Auto = 0; |
| if (TypeMayContainAuto && |
| (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && |
| !Auto->isDeduced()) { |
| Expr *DeduceInit = Init; |
| // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it |
| // contains exactly one expression. |
| if (CXXDirectInit) { |
| if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { |
| // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to |
| // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" |
| Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) |
| << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() |
| << VDecl->getSourceRange(); |
| RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { |
| Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) |
| << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() |
| << VDecl->getSourceRange(); |
| RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } else { |
| DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. |
| bool DefaultedToAuto = false; |
| if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && |
| Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
| ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| Init = Result.take(); |
| DefaultedToAuto = true; |
| } |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; |
| if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == |
| DAR_Failed) |
| DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); |
| if (!DeducedType) { |
| RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); |
| VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); |
| assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); |
| |
| // In ARC, infer lifetime. |
| if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using |
| // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. |
| // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: |
| // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. |
| if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && |
| DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { |
| SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) |
| << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches |
| // the previously declared type. |
| if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) |
| MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); |
| } |
| |
| if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { |
| // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { |
| // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be |
| // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by |
| // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. |
| QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); |
| if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) |
| BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); |
| if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, |
| diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
| RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // The variable can not have an abstract class type. |
| if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), |
| diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| AbstractVariableType)) |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| const VarDecl *Def; |
| if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) |
| << VDecl->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // C++ [class.static.data]p4 |
| // If a static data member is of const integral or const |
| // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can |
| // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral |
| // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear |
| // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be |
| // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the |
| // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. |
| // |
| // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static |
| // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class |
| // declaration with an initializer. |
| if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) |
| << VDecl->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) |
| getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| |
| if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside |
| // a kernel function cannot be initialized." |
| if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since |
| // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. |
| QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; |
| |
| // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger |
| // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. |
| if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
| Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
| ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| Init = Result.take(); |
| } |
| |
| // Perform the initialization. |
| if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); |
| InitializationKind Kind |
| = DirectInit ? |
| CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), |
| Init->getLocStart(), |
| Init->getLocEnd()) |
| : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( |
| VDecl->getLocation()) |
| : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), |
| Init->getLocStart()); |
| |
| Expr **Args = &Init; |
| unsigned NumArgs = 1; |
| if (CXXDirectInit) { |
| Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); |
| NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); |
| } |
| InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); |
| ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, |
| MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| } |
| |
| // Check for self-references within variable initializers. |
| // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) |
| // are handled by a dataflow analysis. |
| if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || |
| VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { |
| CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); |
| } |
| |
| // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was |
| // completed by the initializer. For example: |
| // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; |
| // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. |
| if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) |
| VDecl->setType(DclT); |
| |
| if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); |
| |
| if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
| checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); |
| |
| // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. |
| // Although this code can still have problems: |
| // id x = self.weakProp; |
| // id y = self.weakProp; |
| // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate |
| // paths through the function. This should be revisited if |
| // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. |
| if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { |
| DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = |
| Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, |
| Init->getLocStart()); |
| if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) |
| getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // The initialization is usually a full-expression. |
| // |
| // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not |
| // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate |
| // full-expression. For instance, in: |
| // |
| // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; |
| // struct S { S(Temp); }; |
| // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } |
| // |
| // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. |
| ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), |
| false, |
| VDecl->isConstexpr()); |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| Init = Result.take(); |
| |
| // Attach the initializer to the decl. |
| VDecl->setInit(Init); |
| |
| if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { |
| // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has |
| // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. |
| // C++ does not have this restriction. |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && |
| VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) |
| CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && |
| VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { |
| // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., |
| // |
| // struct S { |
| // static const int value = 17; |
| // }; |
| |
| // C++ [class.mem]p4: |
| // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only |
| // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or |
| // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. |
| // |
| // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: |
| // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or |
| // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can |
| // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause |
| // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static |
| // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition |
| // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a |
| // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is |
| // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. |
| |
| // Do nothing on dependent types. |
| if (DclT->isDependentType()) { |
| |
| // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal |
| // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal |
| // type. |
| } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { |
| |
| // Require constness. |
| } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) |
| << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. |
| } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
| // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. |
| SourceLocation Loc; |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) |
| // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an |
| // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); |
| else if (Init->isValueDependent()) |
| ; // Nothing to check. |
| else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) |
| ; // Ok, it's an ICE! |
| else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { |
| // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, |
| // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) |
| << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| } else { |
| // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the |
| // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) |
| << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. |
| } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok |
| // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support |
| // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), |
| diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) |
| << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), |
| diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); |
| } else { |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) |
| << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { |
| Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) |
| << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. |
| } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) |
| << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); |
| VDecl->setConstexpr(true); |
| |
| } else { |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) |
| << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { |
| if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && |
| (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
| !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) |
| Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); |
| |
| // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
| CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| } |
| |
| // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: |
| // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; |
| // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); |
| // |
| // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for |
| // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). |
| // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which |
| // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without |
| // special case code. |
| |
| // C++ 8.5p11: |
| // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally |
| // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a |
| // class type. |
| if (CXXDirectInit) { |
| assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); |
| VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); |
| } else if (DirectInit) { |
| // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. |
| VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); |
| } |
| |
| CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an |
| /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form |
| /// of sanity. |
| void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { |
| // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a |
| // variable's type is either dependent or complete". |
| if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; |
| |
| VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); |
| if (!VD) return; |
| |
| // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. |
| if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { |
| D->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| QualType Ty = VD->getType(); |
| if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; |
| |
| // Require a complete type. |
| if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), |
| Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), |
| diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
| VD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Require an abstract type. |
| if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, |
| diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| AbstractVariableType)) { |
| VD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, |
| // though. |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, |
| bool TypeMayContainAuto) { |
| // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. |
| if (RealDecl == 0) |
| return; |
| |
| if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| QualType Type = Var->getType(); |
| |
| // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 |
| if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { |
| Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) |
| << Var->getDeclName() << Type; |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with |
| // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify |
| // a brace-or-equal-initializer. |
| // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to |
| // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data |
| // member. |
| if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { |
| if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) |
| Diag(Var->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) |
| << Var->getDeclName(); |
| else |
| Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { |
| case VarDecl::Definition: |
| if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) |
| break; |
| |
| // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member |
| // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like |
| // a declaration. |
| // |
| // Fall through |
| |
| case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: |
| // It's only a declaration. |
| |
| // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is |
| // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the |
| // object shall be complete. |
| if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && |
| !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && |
| RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, |
| diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // Make sure that the type is not abstract. |
| if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && |
| RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, |
| diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| AbstractVariableType)) |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && |
| Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { |
| Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); |
| Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); |
| } |
| |
| return; |
| |
| case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: |
| // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an |
| // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a |
| // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", |
| // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with |
| // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). |
| if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT |
| = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { |
| if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), |
| ArrayT->getElementType(), |
| diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { |
| // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is |
| // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the |
| // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. |
| // NOTE: code such as the following |
| // static struct s; |
| // struct s { int a; }; |
| // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of |
| // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. |
| // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. |
| if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) |
| RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, |
| diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Record the tentative definition; we're done. |
| if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) |
| TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable |
| // definitions with incomplete array type. |
| if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { |
| Diag(Var->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable |
| // definitions with reference type. |
| if (Type->isReferenceType()) { |
| Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) |
| << Var->getDeclName() |
| << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a |
| // variable with dependent type. |
| if (Type->isDependentType()) |
| return; |
| |
| if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return; |
| |
| if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), |
| Context.getBaseElementType(Type), |
| diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // The variable can not have an abstract class type. |
| if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, |
| diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| AbstractVariableType)) { |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x |
| // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic |
| // storage duration", not a "local variable". |
| // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 |
| // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic |
| // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is |
| // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a |
| // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified |
| // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding |
| // types and is declared without an initializer. |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { |
| if (const RecordType *Record |
| = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); |
| // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of |
| // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose |
| // incompatibilities with C++98. |
| if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) |
| getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: |
| // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the |
| // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or |
| // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if |
| // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class |
| // type shall have a user-declared default |
| // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for |
| // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if |
| // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object |
| // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the |
| // program is ill-formed. |
| // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: |
| // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is |
| // default-initialized; [...]. |
| InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); |
| InitializationKind Kind |
| = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); |
| |
| InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); |
| ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); |
| if (Init.isInvalid()) |
| Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| else if (Init.get()) { |
| Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); |
| // This is important for template substitution. |
| Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); |
| } |
| |
| CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { |
| VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); |
| if (!VD) { |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); |
| D->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); |
| |
| // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. |
| int Error = -1; |
| switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { |
| case SC_None: |
| break; |
| case SC_Extern: |
| Error = 0; |
| break; |
| case SC_Static: |
| Error = 1; |
| break; |
| case SC_PrivateExtern: |
| Error = 2; |
| break; |
| case SC_Auto: |
| Error = 3; |
| break; |
| case SC_Register: |
| Error = 4; |
| break; |
| case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: |
| llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); |
| } |
| if (VD->isConstexpr()) |
| Error = 5; |
| if (Error != -1) { |
| Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) |
| << VD->getDeclName() << Error; |
| D->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { |
| if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; |
| |
| // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a |
| // local retaining variable. |
| if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && |
| var->hasLocalStorage()) { |
| switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { |
| case Qualifiers::OCL_None: |
| case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: |
| case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: |
| break; |
| |
| case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: |
| case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: |
| getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| var->hasExternalLinkage() && |
| getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( |
| diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, |
| var->getLocation())) { |
| // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. |
| VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); |
| while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); |
| |
| if (!prev) |
| Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; |
| } |
| |
| // All the following checks are C++ only. |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; |
| |
| QualType type = var->getType(); |
| if (type->isDependentType()) return; |
| |
| // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. |
| if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an |
| // array type; should we diagnose that here? |
| |
| // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when |
| // constructing this copy. |
| if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { |
| SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); |
| Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); |
| ExprResult result |
| = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( |
| InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), |
| var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); |
| if (!result.isInvalid()) { |
| result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); |
| Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Expr *Init = var->getInit(); |
| bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); |
| QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); |
| |
| if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && |
| Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { |
| if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && |
| getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, |
| var->getLocation()) |
| != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && |
| !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) |
| Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) |
| << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| if (var->isConstexpr()) { |
| SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
| if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { |
| SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); |
| // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source |
| // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. |
| if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == |
| diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { |
| DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; |
| Notes.clear(); |
| } |
| Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) |
| << var << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) |
| Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); |
| } |
| } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { |
| // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or |
| // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was |
| // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. |
| var->checkInitIsICE(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Require the destructor. |
| if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) |
| FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); |
| } |
| |
| /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform |
| /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. |
| void |
| Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { |
| // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. |
| ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); |
| |
| VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); |
| if (!VD) |
| return; |
| |
| const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); |
| // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class |
| // member, set the visibility of this variable. |
| if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->hasExternalLinkage()) |
| AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); |
| |
| if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); |
| |
| // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic |
| // tag values. |
| if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || |
| !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
| return; |
| |
| for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> |
| I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), |
| E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); |
| I != E; ++I) { |
| const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); |
| if (!MagicValueExpr) { |
| continue; |
| } |
| llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; |
| if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { |
| Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), |
| diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) |
| << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| continue; |
| } |
| if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { |
| Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), |
| diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) |
| << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| continue; |
| } |
| uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); |
| RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), |
| MagicValue, |
| I->getMatchingCType(), |
| I->getLayoutCompatible(), |
| I->getMustBeNull()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy |
| Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
| Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { |
| SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; |
| |
| if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) |
| Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); |
| |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) |
| if (Decl *D = Group[i]) |
| Decls.push_back(D); |
| |
| if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) |
| if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) |
| getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); |
| |
| return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), |
| DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); |
| } |
| |
| /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration |
| /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. |
| Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy |
| Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, |
| bool TypeMayContainAuto) { |
| // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: |
| // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each |
| // deduction, the program is ill-formed. |
| // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed |
| // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. |
| // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; |
| // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. |
| if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { |
| QualType Deduced; |
| CanQualType DeducedCanon; |
| VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { |
| if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { |
| AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); |
| // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. |
| if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) |
| break; |
| if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { |
| QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); |
| CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); |
| if (Deduced.isNull()) { |
| Deduced = U; |
| DeducedCanon = UCanon; |
| DeducedDecl = D; |
| } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { |
| Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
| diag::err_auto_different_deductions) |
| << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() |
| << U << D->getDeclName() |
| << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() |
| << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); |
| D->setInvalidDecl(); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); |
| |
| return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { |
| ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { |
| // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. |
| if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) |
| return; |
| |
| if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, |
| Group[0]->getLocation()) |
| == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) |
| return; |
| |
| if (NumDecls >= 2) { |
| // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations |
| // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or |
| // additional declaration references: |
| // 'typedef struct S {} S;' |
| // 'typedef struct S *S;' |
| // 'struct S *pS;' |
| // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. |
| Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; |
| if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { |
| Group++; |
| NumDecls--; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. |
| ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); |
| if (!Comments.empty() && |
| !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { |
| // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. |
| // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? |
| // |
| // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the |
| // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to |
| // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked |
| // ahead through comments. |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) |
| Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() |
| /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
| const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); |
| |
| // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. |
| // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. |
| VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; |
| VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; |
| if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { |
| StorageClass = SC_Register; |
| StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; |
| } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { |
| StorageClass = SC_Auto; |
| StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; |
| } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { |
| Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); |
| D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
| } |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) |
| << 0; |
| |
| DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this |
| // parameter. |
| CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| |
| // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) |
| << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Ensure we have a valid name |
| IdentifierInfo *II = 0; |
| if (D.hasName()) { |
| II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| if (!II) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) |
| << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); |
| D.setInvalidType(true); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); |
| if (II) { |
| LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, |
| ForRedeclaration); |
| LookupName(R, S); |
| if (R.isSingleResult()) { |
| NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); |
| if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
| // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| PrevDecl = 0; |
| } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { |
| Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; |
| Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| |
| // Recover by removing the name |
| II = 0; |
| D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| D.setInvalidType(true); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not |
| // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally |
| // looking like class members in C++. |
| ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), |
| D.getLocStart(), |
| D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, |
| parmDeclType, TInfo, |
| StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); |
| |
| if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); |
| assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); |
| New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, |
| S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); |
| |
| // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. |
| S->AddDecl(New); |
| if (II) |
| IdResolver.AddDecl(New); |
| |
| ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) |
| << 1 << New->getDeclName() |
| << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| |
| if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); |
| } |
| return New; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a |
| /// typedef. |
| ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
| SourceLocation Loc, |
| QualType T) { |
| /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. |
| Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source |
| location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, |
| T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), |
| SC_None, SC_None, 0); |
| Param->setImplicit(); |
| return Param; |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, |
| ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { |
| // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we |
| // will already have done so in the template itself. |
| if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) |
| return; |
| |
| for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { |
| if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && |
| !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { |
| Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) |
| << (*Param)->getDeclName(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, |
| ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, |
| QualType ReturnTy, |
| NamedDecl *D) { |
| if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. |
| return; |
| |
| // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified |
| // threshold. |
| if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { |
| unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); |
| if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) |
| << D->getDeclName() << Size; |
| } |
| |
| // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified |
| // threshold. |
| for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { |
| QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); |
| if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) |
| continue; |
| unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); |
| if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) |
| Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) |
| << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, |
| VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { |
| // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. |
| if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && |
| T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && |
| T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { |
| |
| Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; |
| |
| // Special cases for arrays: |
| // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained |
| // - otherwise, it's an error |
| if (T->isArrayType()) { |
| if (!T.isConstQualified()) { |
| DelayedDiagnostics.add( |
| sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( |
| NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); |
| } |
| lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; |
| } else { |
| lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); |
| } |
| T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); |
| } |
| |
| ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, |
| Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), |
| TSInfo, |
| StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, |
| 0); |
| |
| // Parameters can not be abstract class types. |
| // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| // the class has been completely parsed. |
| if (!CurContext->isRecord() && |
| RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| AbstractParamType)) |
| New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are |
| // passed by reference. |
| if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { |
| SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); |
| Diag(NameLoc, |
| diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); |
| T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); |
| New->setType(T); |
| } |
| |
| // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage |
| // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." |
| // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have |
| // an address space. |
| if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); |
| New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| return New; |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { |
| DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); |
| |
| // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' |
| // for a K&R function. |
| if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { |
| for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { |
| --i; |
| if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { |
| SmallString<256> Code; |
| llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " |
| << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() |
| << ";\n"; |
| Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) |
| << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); |
| |
| // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better |
| // type. |
| AttributeFactory attrs; |
| DeclSpec DS(attrs); |
| const char* PrevSpec; // unused |
| unsigned DiagID; // unused |
| DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, |
| PrevSpec, DiagID); |
| // Use the identifier location for the type source range. |
| DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); |
| DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); |
| Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); |
| ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); |
| FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { |
| assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); |
| assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); |
| Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); |
| |
| D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); |
| Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); |
| return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); |
| } |
| |
| static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { |
| // Don't warn about invalid declarations. |
| if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Or declarations that aren't global. |
| if (!FD->isGlobal()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Don't warn about C++ member functions. |
| if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Don't warn about 'main'. |
| if (FD->isMain()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Don't warn about inline functions. |
| if (FD->isInlined()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Don't warn about function templates. |
| if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Don't warn about function template specializations. |
| if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. |
| if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) |
| return false; |
| |
| bool MissingPrototype = true; |
| for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); |
| Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { |
| // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method |
| // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. |
| if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| continue; |
| |
| MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); |
| if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) |
| PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return MissingPrototype; |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition |
| // was an extern inline function. |
| const FunctionDecl *Definition; |
| if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && |
| !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { |
| if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && |
| Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) |
| << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
| else |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { |
| // Clear the last template instantiation error context. |
| LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); |
| |
| if (!D) |
| return D; |
| FunctionDecl *FD = 0; |
| |
| if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
| FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| else |
| FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| |
| // Enter a new function scope |
| PushFunctionScope(); |
| |
| // See if this is a redefinition. |
| if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) |
| CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); |
| |
| // Builtin functions cannot be defined. |
| if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { |
| if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // The return type of a function definition must be complete |
| // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). |
| QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); |
| if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && |
| !FD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, |
| diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: |
| // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous |
| // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the |
| // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect |
| // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. |
| const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; |
| if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; |
| |
| if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { |
| // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, |
| // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype |
| TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); |
| if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) |
| Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) |
| << PossibleZeroParamPrototype |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (FnBodyScope) |
| PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); |
| |
| // Check the validity of our function parameters |
| CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), |
| /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); |
| |
| // Introduce our parameters into the function scope |
| for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); |
| Param->setOwningFunction(FD); |
| |
| // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { |
| CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); |
| |
| PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, |
| // introduce them into the function scope. |
| if (FnBodyScope) { |
| for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), |
| E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| NamedDecl *D = *I; |
| |
| // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit |
| // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit |
| // and reattach to the current context. |
| if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { |
| // Is the decl actually in the context? |
| for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), |
| DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { |
| if (*DI == D) { |
| Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. |
| D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| } |
| |
| // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. |
| if (!D->getName().empty()) |
| PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); |
| |
| // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them |
| // accessible in this scope. |
| if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { |
| for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), |
| EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) |
| PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. |
| if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
| ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); |
| |
| // Checking attributes of current function definition |
| // dllimport attribute. |
| DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); |
| if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { |
| // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. |
| // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. |
| if (!DA->isInherited() && |
| !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) |
| << "dllimport"; |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return D; |
| } |
| |
| // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue |
| // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. |
| if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { |
| // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the |
| // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is |
| // emitted. |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) |
| << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; |
| } |
| } |
| // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be |
| // a function template). |
| ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); |
| return D; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, |
| /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value |
| /// optimization. |
| /// |
| /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value |
| /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any |
| /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can |
| /// use the named return value optimization. |
| /// |
| /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return |
| /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is |
| /// the NRVO variable. |
| /// |
| /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return |
| /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to |
| /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. |
| void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { |
| ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); |
| |
| const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; |
| for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { |
| if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) |
| return; |
| |
| if (!NRVOCandidate) |
| NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); |
| else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (NRVOCandidate) |
| const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { |
| if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
| return true; |
| |
| FunctionDecl *FD = 0; |
| if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
| FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| else |
| FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| |
| // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is |
| // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the |
| // rest of the file. |
| return !FD->isConstexpr(); |
| } |
| |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { |
| if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) |
| FD->setHasSkippedBody(); |
| else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) |
| MD->setHasSkippedBody(); |
| return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); |
| } |
| |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { |
| return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); |
| } |
| |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, |
| bool IsInstantiation) { |
| FunctionDecl *FD = 0; |
| FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); |
| if (FunTmpl) |
| FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| else |
| FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); |
| |
| sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); |
| sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; |
| |
| if (FD) { |
| FD->setBody(Body); |
| |
| // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an |
| // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this |
| // is the first declaration. |
| if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { |
| if (FD->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) |
| UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); |
| else if (FD->isInlined() && |
| (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && |
| (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) |
| UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); |
| } |
| |
| // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, |
| // don't complain about missing return statements. |
| if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) |
| WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); |
| |
| // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, |
| // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); |
| |
| if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); |
| DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), |
| FD->getResultType(), FD); |
| |
| // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. |
| if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) |
| MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); |
| |
| // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check |
| // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around |
| // to deduce an implicit return type. |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && |
| !FD->isDependentContext()) |
| computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); |
| } |
| |
| assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && |
| "Function parsing confused"); |
| } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { |
| assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); |
| MD->setBody(Body); |
| if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); |
| DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), |
| MD->getResultType(), MD); |
| |
| if (Body) |
| computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); |
| } |
| if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { |
| Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) |
| << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); |
| getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; |
| } |
| } else { |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && |
| "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " |
| "handled in the block above."); |
| |
| // Verify and clean out per-function state. |
| if (Body) { |
| // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return |
| // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) |
| // Verify this. |
| if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) |
| DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); |
| |
| // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. |
| if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && |
| !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && |
| !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && |
| !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) |
| DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); |
| |
| if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { |
| if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) |
| CheckDestructor(Destructor); |
| |
| MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), |
| Destructor->getParent()); |
| } |
| |
| // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have |
| // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for |
| // deletion in some later function. |
| if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || |
| PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { |
| DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
| } |
| if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && |
| !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { |
| // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are |
| // enabled. |
| ActivePolicy = &WP; |
| } |
| |
| if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || |
| !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); |
| assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); |
| assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && |
| "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); |
| } |
| |
| if (!IsInstantiation) |
| PopDeclContext(); |
| |
| PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); |
| |
| // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have |
| // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for |
| // deletion in some later function. |
| if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { |
| DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
| } |
| |
| return dcl; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the |
| /// relevant Decl. |
| void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
| ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { |
| // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. |
| if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) |
| D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); |
| |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) |
| if (Method->isStatic()) |
| checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function |
| /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). |
| NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, |
| IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
| // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined |
| // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of |
| // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that |
| // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. |
| llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
| = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); |
| if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; |
| Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| return Pos->second; |
| } |
| |
| // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. |
| unsigned diag_id; |
| if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) |
| diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; |
| else if (getLangOpts().C99) |
| diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; |
| else |
| diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; |
| Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; |
| |
| // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit |
| // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. |
| if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { |
| TypoCorrection Corrected; |
| DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; |
| if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), |
| LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { |
| std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); |
| std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); |
| FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); |
| |
| Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); |
| |
| if (Func->getLocation().isValid() |
| && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) |
| Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
| << CorrectedQuotedStr; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); |
| const char *Dummy; |
| AttributeFactory attrFactory; |
| DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); |
| unsigned DiagID; |
| bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); |
| (void)Error; // Silence warning. |
| assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); |
| SourceLocation NoLoc; |
| Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); |
| D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, |
| /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, |
| /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| /*ArgInfo=*/0, |
| /*NumArgs=*/0, |
| /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| /*TypeQuals=*/0, |
| /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, |
| /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| EST_None, |
| /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| /*Exceptions=*/0, |
| /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, |
| /*NumExceptions=*/0, |
| /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, |
| Loc, Loc, D), |
| DS.getAttributes(), |
| SourceLocation()); |
| D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); |
| |
| // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. |
| |
| DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; |
| CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| |
| FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); |
| FD->setImplicit(); |
| |
| CurContext = PrevDC; |
| |
| AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); |
| |
| return FD; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on |
| /// the declaration of this function. |
| /// |
| /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins |
| /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions |
| /// like NSLog or printf. |
| /// |
| /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written |
| /// attributes are applied to declarations. |
| void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return; |
| |
| // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to |
| // actual attributes. |
| if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { |
| // Handle printf-formatting attributes. |
| unsigned FormatIdx; |
| bool HasVAListArg; |
| if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { |
| if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { |
| const char *fmt = "printf"; |
| unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); |
| if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) |
| FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
| fmt = "NSString"; |
| FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, |
| fmt, FormatIdx+1, |
| HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); |
| } |
| } |
| if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, |
| HasVAListArg)) { |
| if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
| FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, |
| "scanf", FormatIdx+1, |
| HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); |
| } |
| |
| // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only |
| // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows |
| // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. |
| if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && |
| Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { |
| if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) |
| FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); |
| } |
| |
| if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && |
| !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) |
| FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); |
| if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) |
| FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); |
| if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) |
| FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); |
| } |
| |
| IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); |
| if (!Name) |
| return; |
| if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || |
| (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && |
| cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == |
| LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { |
| // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know |
| // about. |
| } else |
| return; |
| |
| if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { |
| // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be |
| // target-specific builtins, perhaps? |
| if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
| FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, |
| "printf", 2, |
| Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); |
| } |
| |
| if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { |
| // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, |
| // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. |
| if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) |
| FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
| assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); |
| assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
| |
| if (!TInfo) { |
| assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); |
| TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); |
| } |
| |
| // Scope manipulation handled by caller. |
| TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| D.getLocStart(), |
| D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| D.getIdentifier(), |
| TInfo); |
| |
| // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. |
| if (D.isInvalidType()) { |
| NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| return NewTD; |
| } |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { |
| if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) |
| << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() |
| << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| else |
| NewTD->setModulePrivate(); |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: |
| // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or |
| // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration |
| // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the |
| // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. |
| // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. |
| switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { |
| case TST_enum: |
| case TST_struct: |
| case TST_interface: |
| case TST_union: |
| case TST_class: { |
| TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); |
| |
| // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an |
| // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). |
| if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; |
| if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; |
| |
| // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. |
| assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); |
| |
| // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. |
| if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) |
| break; |
| |
| // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. |
| tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return NewTD; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. |
| bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { |
| SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
| QualType T = TI->getType(); |
| |
| if (T->isDependentType()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
| if (BT->isInteger()) |
| return false; |
| |
| Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. |
| /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. |
| bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
| QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, |
| const EnumDecl *Prev) { |
| bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); |
| |
| if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { |
| Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) |
| << Prev->isScoped(); |
| Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { |
| if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && |
| !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && |
| !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, |
| Prev->getIntegerType())) { |
| Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) |
| << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); |
| Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { |
| Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) |
| << Prev->isFixed(); |
| Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for |
| /// redeclaration diagnostic message. |
| /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! |
| /// |
| /// \returns diagnostic %select index. |
| static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { |
| switch (Tag) { |
| case TTK_Struct: return 0; |
| case TTK_Interface: return 1; |
| case TTK_Class: return 2; |
| default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with |
| /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). |
| /// |
| /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. |
| static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) |
| { |
| return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable |
| /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. |
| /// |
| /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. |
| bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
| TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
| SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
| const IdentifierInfo &Name) { |
| // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: |
| // The class-key or enum keyword present in the |
| // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the |
| // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier |
| // refers. This rule also applies to the form of |
| // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or |
| // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the |
| // definition of the class. Thus, in any |
| // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to |
| // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be |
| // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or |
| // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) |
| // declared using the class or struct class-key. |
| TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); |
| if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) |
| if (OldTag == NewTag) |
| return true; |
| |
| if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { |
| // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. |
| bool isTemplate = false; |
| if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) |
| isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); |
| |
| if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { |
| // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches |
| // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. |
| Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) |
| << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name |
| << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (isDefinition) { |
| // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each |
| // one that doesn't match the current tag. |
| if (Previous->getDefinition()) { |
| // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool previousMismatch = false; |
| for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), |
| E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { |
| if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { |
| if (!previousMismatch) { |
| previousMismatch = true; |
| Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) |
| << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name |
| << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); |
| } |
| Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) |
| << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), |
| TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); |
| } |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition |
| // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with |
| // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. |
| const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? |
| Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; |
| if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) |
| << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name |
| << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); |
| Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
| |
| // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. |
| if (Previous->getDefinition()) { |
| Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) |
| << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), |
| TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the |
| /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. |
| /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a |
| /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
| SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
| MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, |
| SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
| bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, |
| TypeResult UnderlyingType) { |
| // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. |
| IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; |
| assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && |
| "Nameless record must be a definition!"); |
| assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); |
| |
| OwnedDecl = false; |
| TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); |
| bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); |
| |
| // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. |
| bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; |
| bool Invalid = false; |
| |
| // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters |
| // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work |
| // for non-C++ cases. |
| if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || |
| (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { |
| if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams |
| = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, |
| TemplateParameterLists.data(), |
| TemplateParameterLists.size(), |
| TUK == TUK_Friend, |
| isExplicitSpecialization, |
| Invalid)) { |
| if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { |
| // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may |
| // be a member of another template). |
| |
| if (Invalid) |
| return 0; |
| |
| OwnedDecl = false; |
| DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, |
| SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, |
| TemplateParams, AS, |
| ModulePrivateLoc, |
| TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, |
| TemplateParameterLists.data()); |
| return Result.get(); |
| } else { |
| // The "template<>" header is extraneous. |
| Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) |
| << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; |
| isExplicitSpecialization = true; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do |
| // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible |
| // redeclaration. |
| llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; |
| |
| if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { |
| if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) |
| // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the |
| // type, default to int. |
| EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); |
| else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { |
| // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an |
| // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. |
| TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; |
| GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); |
| EnumUnderlying = TI; |
| |
| if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) |
| // Recover by falling back to int. |
| EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); |
| |
| if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, |
| UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) |
| EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); |
| |
| } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) |
| // Microsoft enums are always of int type. |
| EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); |
| } |
| |
| DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; |
| DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
| bool isStdBadAlloc = false; |
| |
| RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; |
| if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) |
| Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; |
| |
| LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); |
| |
| if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { |
| // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). |
| |
| // Check for invalid 'foo::'. |
| if (SS.isInvalid()) { |
| Name = 0; |
| goto CreateNewDecl; |
| } |
| |
| // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent |
| // context, don't try to make a decl for it. |
| if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { |
| DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); |
| if (!DC) { |
| IsDependent = true; |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } else { |
| DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); |
| if (!DC) { |
| Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) |
| << SS.getRange(); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| SearchDC = DC; |
| // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. |
| LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); |
| |
| if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (Previous.empty()) { |
| // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the |
| // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, |
| // and that current instantiation has any dependent base |
| // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat |
| // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. |
| // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. |
| if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && |
| (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { |
| IsDependent = true; |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) |
| << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); |
| Name = 0; |
| Invalid = true; |
| goto CreateNewDecl; |
| } |
| } else if (Name) { |
| // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward |
| // declaration or definition. |
| // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we |
| // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we |
| // shouldn't be diagnosing. |
| LookupName(Previous, S); |
| |
| if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && |
| (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { |
| LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); |
| while (F.hasNext()) { |
| NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); |
| if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) |
| F.erase(); |
| } |
| F.done(); |
| } |
| |
| // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. |
| if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { |
| // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated |
| // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching |
| // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak |
| // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? |
| while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) |
| SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
| } |
| } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { |
| // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its |
| // initial context to the translation unit. |
| // FIXME: [citation needed] |
| SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| if (Previous.isSingleResult() && |
| Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); |
| // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| Previous.clear(); |
| } |
| |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && |
| DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { |
| // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". |
| isStdBadAlloc = true; |
| |
| if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { |
| // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to |
| // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous |
| // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. |
| Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference |
| // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we |
| // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case |
| // there's a shadow friend decl. |
| if (Name && Previous.empty() && |
| (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { |
| if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; |
| assert(SS.isEmpty()); |
| |
| if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { |
| // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: |
| // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form |
| // |
| // class-key identifier |
| // |
| // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the |
| // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a |
| // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is |
| // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains |
| // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend |
| // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest |
| // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the |
| // declaration. |
| // |
| // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for |
| // C structs and unions. |
| // |
| // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum |
| // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll |
| // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same |
| // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. |
| // |
| // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete |
| // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. |
| // |
| // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. |
| // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the |
| // lexical context, |
| while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
| |
| // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. |
| while (S->isClassScope() || |
| (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || |
| ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| (S->getEntity() && |
| ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) |
| S = S->getParent(); |
| } else { |
| assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); |
| // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: |
| // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a |
| // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of |
| // the innermost enclosing namespace. |
| SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); |
| } |
| |
| // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly |
| // diagnose some problems. |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); |
| LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| |
| // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef |
| // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this |
| // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen |
| // in C++. |
| // |
| // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is |
| // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is |
| // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; |
| // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { |
| TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); |
| if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && |
| Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() |
| ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { |
| PrevDecl = Tag; |
| Previous.clear(); |
| Previous.addDecl(Tag); |
| Previous.resolveKind(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared |
| // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or |
| // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. |
| if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || |
| isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { |
| // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a |
| // struct or something similar. |
| if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, |
| TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, |
| *Name)) { |
| bool SafeToContinue |
| = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && |
| Kind != TTK_Enum); |
| if (SafeToContinue) |
| Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) |
| << Name |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), |
| PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); |
| else |
| Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; |
| Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
| |
| if (SafeToContinue) |
| Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); |
| else { |
| // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. |
| Name = 0; |
| Previous.clear(); |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { |
| const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); |
| |
| // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, |
| // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. |
| if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { |
| if (ScopedEnum) |
| Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) |
| << PrevEnum->isScoped() |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); |
| return PrevTagDecl; |
| } |
| |
| QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; |
| if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) |
| EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); |
| else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) |
| EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); |
| |
| // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by |
| // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, |
| // in which case we want the caller to bail out. |
| if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, |
| ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) |
| return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (!Invalid) { |
| // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. |
| |
| // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue |
| // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. |
| // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will |
| // need to be changed with DeclGroups. |
| if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || |
| getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) |
| return PrevTagDecl; |
| |
| // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. |
| if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { |
| if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { |
| // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition |
| // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error |
| // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. |
| bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; |
| if (isExplicitSpecialization) { |
| if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) |
| IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = |
| RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != |
| TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; |
| else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) |
| IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = |
| ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != |
| TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; |
| } |
| |
| if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { |
| // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't |
| // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; |
| else |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; |
| Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this |
| // struct be anonymous, which will make any later |
| // references get the previous definition. |
| Name = 0; |
| Previous.clear(); |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| } else { |
| // If the type is currently being defined, complain |
| // about a nested redefinition. |
| const TagType *Tag |
| = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); |
| if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; |
| Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_previous_definition); |
| Name = 0; |
| Previous.clear(); |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced |
| // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. |
| } |
| } |
| // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we |
| // have a definition. Just create a new decl. |
| |
| } else { |
| // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested |
| // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a |
| // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities |
| // have distinct types. |
| Previous.clear(); |
| } |
| // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl |
| // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by |
| // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. |
| |
| |
| // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag |
| // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few |
| // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. |
| } else { |
| // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier |
| // found the wrong kind of type on the first |
| // (non-redeclaration) lookup. |
| if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && |
| !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { |
| unsigned Kind = 0; |
| if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; |
| else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; |
| else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; |
| Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
| Invalid = true; |
| |
| // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. |
| } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, |
| isExplicitSpecialization)) { |
| // do nothing |
| |
| // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. |
| } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { |
| unsigned Kind = 0; |
| if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; |
| else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; |
| else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; |
| Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; |
| Invalid = true; |
| |
| // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common |
| // case here. |
| } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| unsigned Kind = 0; |
| if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) |
| << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); |
| Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; |
| Invalid = true; |
| |
| // Otherwise, diagnose. |
| } else { |
| // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, |
| // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; |
| Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| Name = 0; |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| |
| // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a |
| // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. |
| Previous.clear(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| CreateNewDecl: |
| |
| TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; |
| if (Previous.isSingleResult()) |
| PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); |
| |
| // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the |
| // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union |
| // keyword. |
| SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; |
| |
| // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous |
| // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via |
| // PrevDecl. |
| TagDecl *New; |
| |
| bool IsForwardReference = false; |
| if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { |
| // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. |
| New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, |
| cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, |
| ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); |
| // If this is an undefined enum, warn. |
| if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { |
| TagDecl *Def; |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { |
| // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. |
| // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. |
| } |
| else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) |
| << New; |
| Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| } else { |
| unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) |
| DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; |
| else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; |
| Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
| |
| // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a |
| // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into |
| // the declaration context. |
| if (TUK == TUK_Reference) |
| IsForwardReference = true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (EnumUnderlying) { |
| EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); |
| if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) |
| ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); |
| else |
| ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); |
| ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); |
| } |
| |
| } else { |
| // struct/union/class |
| |
| // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. |
| New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, |
| cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
| |
| if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) |
| StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); |
| } else |
| New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, |
| cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
| } |
| |
| // Maybe add qualifier info. |
| if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { |
| if (SS.isSet()) { |
| // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the |
| // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this |
| // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking |
| // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to |
| // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. |
| if (!isExplicitSpecialization && |
| (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && |
| diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) |
| Invalid = true; |
| |
| New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); |
| if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { |
| New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, |
| TemplateParameterLists.size(), |
| TemplateParameterLists.data()); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| Invalid = true; |
| } |
| |
| if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { |
| // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when |
| // the ASTContext lays out the structure. |
| // |
| // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this |
| // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is |
| // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at |
| // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because |
| // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the |
| // parsing of the struct). |
| if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { |
| AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); |
| AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { |
| if (isExplicitSpecialization) |
| Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) |
| << 2 |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); |
| // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only |
| // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are |
| // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. |
| else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| New->setModulePrivate(); |
| } |
| |
| // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), |
| // check the specialization. |
| if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) |
| Invalid = true; |
| |
| if (Invalid) |
| New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| if (Attr) |
| ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); |
| |
| // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope |
| // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. |
| if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); |
| |
| // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
| New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| |
| // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. |
| // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward |
| // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make |
| // the tag name visible. |
| if (TUK == TUK_Friend) |
| New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || |
| getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); |
| |
| // Set the access specifier. |
| if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) |
| SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); |
| |
| if (TUK == TUK_Definition) |
| New->startDefinition(); |
| |
| // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { |
| // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; |
| // if so, borrow its access specifier. |
| if (PrevDecl) |
| New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); |
| |
| DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); |
| if (Name) // can be null along some error paths |
| if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) |
| PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); |
| } else if (Name) { |
| S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
| PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); |
| if (IsForwardReference) |
| SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); |
| |
| } else { |
| CurContext->addDecl(New); |
| } |
| |
| // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. |
| if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) |
| if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && |
| New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && |
| II->isStr("FILE")) |
| Context.setFILEDecl(New); |
| |
| // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this |
| // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. |
| if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| InFunctionDeclarator && Name) |
| DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); |
| |
| if (PrevDecl) |
| mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); |
| |
| // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this |
| // record. |
| AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); |
| |
| OwnedDecl = true; |
| // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from |
| // the cases where we make the type anonymous. |
| return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { |
| AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
| TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); |
| |
| // Enter the tag context. |
| PushDeclContext(S, Tag); |
| |
| ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); |
| |
| // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this |
| // record. |
| AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); |
| } |
| |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { |
| assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && |
| "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); |
| DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); |
| assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && |
| "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); |
| CurContext = OCD; |
| return IDecl; |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, |
| SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
| SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { |
| AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
| CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); |
| |
| FieldCollector->StartClass(); |
| |
| if (!Record->getIdentifier()) |
| return; |
| |
| if (FinalLoc.isValid()) |
| Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); |
| |
| // C++ [class]p2: |
| // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the |
| // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For |
| // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated |
| // as if it were a public member name. |
| CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName |
| = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, |
| Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), |
| Record->getIdentifier(), |
| /*PrevDecl=*/0, |
| /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); |
| Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); |
| InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); |
| InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); |
| if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) |
| InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); |
| PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); |
| assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && |
| "Broken injected-class-name"); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, |
| SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { |
| AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
| TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); |
| Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); |
| |
| // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. |
| if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { |
| assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); |
| if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| RD->completeDefinition(); |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| FieldCollector->FinishClass(); |
| |
| // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. |
| PopDeclContext(); |
| |
| if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && |
| Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) |
| Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); |
| |
| // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. |
| Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { |
| // Exit this scope of this interface definition. |
| PopDeclContext(); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { |
| assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); |
| OriginalLexicalContext = DC; |
| ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { |
| ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); |
| OriginalLexicalContext = 0; |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { |
| AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
| TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); |
| Tag->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. |
| if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { |
| if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| RD->completeDefinition(); |
| } |
| |
| // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not |
| // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with |
| // the FieldCollector. |
| |
| PopDeclContext(); |
| } |
| |
| // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. |
| ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, |
| IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
| QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, |
| bool *ZeroWidth) { |
| // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness |
| if (ZeroWidth) |
| *ZeroWidth = true; |
| |
| // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. |
| // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. |
| if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
| // Handle incomplete types with specific error. |
| if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| if (FieldName) |
| return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) |
| << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); |
| return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) |
| << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); |
| } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), |
| UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check |
| // it now. |
| if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) |
| return Owned(BitWidth); |
| |
| llvm::APSInt Value; |
| ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); |
| if (ICE.isInvalid()) |
| return ICE; |
| BitWidth = ICE.take(); |
| |
| if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) |
| *ZeroWidth = false; |
| |
| // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. |
| if (Value == 0 && FieldName) |
| return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; |
| |
| if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { |
| if (FieldName) |
| return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) |
| << FieldName << Value.toString(10); |
| return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) |
| << Value.toString(10); |
| } |
| |
| if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { |
| uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); |
| if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (FieldName) |
| return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) |
| << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() |
| << (unsigned)TypeSize; |
| |
| return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) |
| << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; |
| } |
| |
| if (FieldName) |
| Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) |
| << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() |
| << (unsigned)TypeSize; |
| else |
| Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) |
| << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return Owned(BitWidth); |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order |
| /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { |
| FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), |
| DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), |
| /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); |
| return Res; |
| } |
| |
| /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. |
| /// |
| FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, |
| SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, |
| InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| AccessSpecifier AS) { |
| IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| |
| if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, |
| UPPC_DataMemberType)) { |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| T = Context.IntTy; |
| TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. |
| if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| |
| // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: |
| // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. |
| if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| |
| DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) |
| Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); |
| |
| // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously |
| NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; |
| LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); |
| LookupName(Previous, S); |
| switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { |
| case LookupResult::Found: |
| case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: |
| PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); |
| break; |
| |
| case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
| break; |
| |
| case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: |
| case LookupResult::Ambiguous: |
| break; |
| } |
| Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| |
| if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
| // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| PrevDecl = 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) |
| PrevDecl = 0; |
| |
| bool Mutable |
| = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); |
| SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); |
| FieldDecl *NewFD |
| = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, |
| TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); |
| |
| if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) |
| NewFD->setModulePrivate(); |
| |
| if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { |
| // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something |
| // with the same name in the same scope. |
| } else if (II) { |
| PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); |
| } else |
| Record->addDecl(NewFD); |
| |
| return NewFD; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. |
| /// |
| /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, |
| /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration |
| /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be |
| /// created. |
| /// |
| /// \returns a new FieldDecl. |
| /// |
| /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once |
| FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
| bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, |
| InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| SourceLocation TSSL, |
| AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| Declarator *D) { |
| IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| bool InvalidDecl = false; |
| if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); |
| |
| // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and |
| // marking this declaration as invalid. |
| if (T.isNull()) { |
| InvalidDecl = true; |
| T = Context.IntTy; |
| } |
| |
| QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); |
| if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { |
| if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { |
| // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. |
| Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| InvalidDecl = true; |
| } else { |
| NamedDecl *Def; |
| EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); |
| if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| InvalidDecl = true; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. |
| if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); |
| InvalidDecl = true; |
| } |
| |
| // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| // than a variably modified type. |
| if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| bool SizeIsNegative; |
| llvm::APSInt Oversized; |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = |
| TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, |
| SizeIsNegative, |
| Oversized); |
| if (FixedTInfo) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| TInfo = FixedTInfo; |
| T = FixedTInfo->getType(); |
| } else { |
| if (SizeIsNegative) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) |
| << Oversized.toString(10); |
| else |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); |
| InvalidDecl = true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Fields can not have abstract class types |
| if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, |
| diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| AbstractFieldType)) |
| InvalidDecl = true; |
| |
| bool ZeroWidth = false; |
| // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. |
| if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { |
| BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); |
| if (!BitWidth) { |
| InvalidDecl = true; |
| BitWidth = 0; |
| ZeroWidth = false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. |
| if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { |
| unsigned DiagID = 0; |
| if (T->isReferenceType()) |
| DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; |
| else if (T.isConstQualified()) |
| DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; |
| |
| if (DiagID) { |
| SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; |
| if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) |
| ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); |
| Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); |
| Mutable = false; |
| InvalidDecl = true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, |
| BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); |
| if (InvalidDecl) |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (Record->isUnion()) { |
| if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); |
| if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { |
| // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial |
| // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial |
| // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator |
| // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such |
| // objects. |
| if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, |
| // the program is ill-formed. |
| if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { |
| Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) |
| << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST |
| // representation, not a parser representation. |
| if (D) { |
| // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? |
| ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); |
| |
| if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) |
| CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); |
| } |
| |
| // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of |
| // retainable type. |
| if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) |
| NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); |
| |
| NewFD->setAccess(AS); |
| return NewFD; |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { |
| assert(FD); |
| assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); |
| |
| if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return true; |
| |
| QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); |
| if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); |
| if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { |
| // We check for copy constructors before constructors |
| // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about |
| // copy constructors. |
| |
| CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; |
| // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the |
| // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any |
| // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a |
| // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't |
| // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) |
| if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) |
| member = CXXCopyConstructor; |
| else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) |
| member = CXXDefaultConstructor; |
| else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) |
| member = CXXCopyAssignment; |
| else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) |
| member = CXXDestructor; |
| |
| if (member != CXXInvalid) { |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && |
| getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { |
| // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of |
| // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs |
| // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, |
| // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those |
| // members unavailable. |
| SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); |
| if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { |
| if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) |
| FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, |
| "this system field has retaining ownership")); |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? |
| diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : |
| diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) |
| << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; |
| DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); |
| return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an |
| /// AST enum value. |
| static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl |
| TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { |
| switch (ivarVisibility) { |
| default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); |
| case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; |
| case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; |
| case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; |
| case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this |
| /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, |
| SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { |
| |
| IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; |
| SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| |
| // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for |
| // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
| |
| if (BitWidth) { |
| // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 |
| BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); |
| if (!BitWidth) |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } else { |
| // Not a bitfield. |
| |
| // validate II. |
| |
| } |
| if (T->isReferenceType()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| // than a variably modified type. |
| else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); |
| D.setInvalidType(); |
| } |
| |
| // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. |
| ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = |
| Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) |
| : ObjCIvarDecl::None; |
| // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. |
| ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); |
| if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return 0; |
| ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; |
| if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = |
| dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { |
| // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. |
| EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); |
| assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); |
| } |
| else |
| EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; |
| } else { |
| if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = |
| dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } |
| EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; |
| } |
| |
| // Construct the decl. |
| ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, |
| DeclStart, Loc, II, T, |
| TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); |
| |
| if (II) { |
| NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, |
| ForRedeclaration); |
| if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) |
| && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Process attributes attached to the ivar. |
| ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); |
| |
| if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. |
| if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) |
| NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| |
| if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) |
| NewID->setModulePrivate(); |
| |
| if (II) { |
| // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add |
| // these to the interface. |
| S->AddDecl(NewID); |
| IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); |
| } |
| |
| if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && |
| !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); |
| |
| return NewID; |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for |
| /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class |
| /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, |
| /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. |
| void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
| SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { |
| if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) |
| return; |
| |
| Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; |
| ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); |
| |
| if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) |
| return; |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); |
| if (!ID) { |
| if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { |
| if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) |
| return; |
| } |
| // No need to add this to end of @implementation. |
| else |
| return; |
| } |
| // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. |
| llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); |
| Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); |
| |
| Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), |
| DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, |
| Context.CharTy, |
| Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, |
| DeclLoc), |
| ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, |
| true); |
| AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, |
| SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, |
| llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, |
| SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
| AttributeList *Attr) { |
| assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); |
| |
| // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have |
| // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since |
| // it will now change. |
| if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); |
| switch (DC->getKind()) { |
| default: break; |
| case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
| Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); |
| break; |
| case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
| Context. |
| ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); |
| |
| // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include |
| // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. |
| unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; |
| if (Record) { |
| for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), |
| e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { |
| if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) |
| if (IFD->getDeclName()) |
| ++NumNamedMembers; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Verify that all the fields are okay. |
| SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; |
| |
| bool ARCErrReported = false; |
| for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); |
| i != end; ++i) { |
| FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); |
| |
| // Get the type for the field. |
| const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); |
| |
| if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
| // Remember all fields written by the user. |
| RecFields.push_back(FD); |
| } |
| |
| // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more |
| // diagnostics about it. |
| if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| // C99 6.7.2.1p2: |
| // A structure or union shall not contain a member with |
| // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not |
| // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to |
| // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a |
| // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete |
| // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, |
| // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) |
| // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an |
| // array. |
| if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { |
| // Field declared as a function. |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) |
| << FD->getDeclName(); |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| continue; |
| } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && |
| ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || |
| ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || |
| getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && |
| (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { |
| // Flexible array member. |
| // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. |
| // It will accept flexible array in union and also |
| // as the sole element of a struct/class. |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { |
| if (Record->isUnion()) |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) |
| << FD->getDeclName(); |
| else if (Fields.size() == 1) |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) |
| << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); |
| } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (Record->isUnion()) |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) |
| << FD->getDeclName(); |
| else if (Fields.size() == 1) |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) |
| << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); |
| } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { |
| if (Record->isUnion()) |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) |
| << FD->getDeclName(); |
| else |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) |
| << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); |
| } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) |
| << FD->getDeclName(); |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| continue; |
| } |
| if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && |
| !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) |
| << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| continue; |
| } |
| // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. |
| if (Record) |
| Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
| } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && |
| RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), |
| diag::err_field_incomplete)) { |
| // Incomplete type |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| continue; |
| } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { |
| // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". |
| if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { |
| Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
| } else { |
| // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject |
| // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of |
| // structures. |
| if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) |
| << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); |
| else { |
| // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in |
| // other structs as an extension. |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) |
| << FD->getDeclName(); |
| if (Record) |
| Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && |
| RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), |
| diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| AbstractIvarType)) { |
| // Ivars can not have abstract class types |
| FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) |
| Record->setHasObjectMember(true); |
| if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) |
| Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); |
| } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { |
| /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); |
| QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); |
| FD->setType(T); |
| } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && |
| (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { |
| // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. |
| // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, |
| // so we just make the field unavailable. |
| // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type |
| // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. |
| QualType T = FD->getType(); |
| Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); |
| if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { |
| SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); |
| if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { |
| if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { |
| FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, |
| "this system field has retaining ownership")); |
| } |
| } else { |
| Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) |
| << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); |
| } |
| ARCErrReported = true; |
| } |
| } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && |
| getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && |
| Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { |
| if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) |
| Record->setHasObjectMember(true); |
| else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { |
| QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); |
| if (BaseType->isRecordType() && |
| BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) |
| Record->setHasObjectMember(true); |
| else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) |
| Record->setHasObjectMember(true); |
| } |
| } |
| if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) |
| Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); |
| // Keep track of the number of named members. |
| if (FD->getIdentifier()) |
| ++NumNamedMembers; |
| } |
| |
| // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. |
| if (Record) { |
| bool Completed = false; |
| if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { |
| if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. |
| for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator |
| I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), |
| E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) |
| I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); |
| |
| if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { |
| // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && |
| CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) |
| AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); |
| |
| // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. |
| AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); |
| |
| // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple |
| // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this |
| // problem now. |
| if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { |
| CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; |
| CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); |
| |
| for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), |
| MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); |
| M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), |
| SOEnd = M->second.end(); |
| SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { |
| assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && |
| "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); |
| if (SO->second.size() == 1) |
| continue; |
| |
| // C++ [class.virtual]p2: |
| // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base |
| // class subobject has more than one final overrider the |
| // program is ill-formed. |
| Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) |
| << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; |
| Diag(M->first->getLocation(), |
| diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); |
| for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator |
| OM = SO->second.begin(), |
| OMEnd = SO->second.end(); |
| OM != OMEnd; ++OM) |
| Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) |
| << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); |
| |
| Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| } |
| } |
| CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); |
| Completed = true; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!Completed) |
| Record->completeDefinition(); |
| |
| if (Record->hasAttrs()) |
| CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); |
| } else { |
| ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = |
| reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); |
| if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); |
| // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. |
| for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); |
| ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); |
| } |
| // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be |
| // duplicates. |
| if (ID->getSuperClass()) |
| DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); |
| } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = |
| dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); |
| for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) |
| // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. |
| // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. |
| ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); |
| CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); |
| IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); |
| IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); |
| } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = |
| dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been |
| // reported as errors elsewhere. |
| // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. |
| // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); |
| // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. |
| // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); |
| for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| if (IDecl) { |
| if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = |
| IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { |
| Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); |
| Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| continue; |
| } |
| for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator |
| Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), |
| ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); |
| Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { |
| if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar |
| = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { |
| Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), |
| diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); |
| Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); |
| CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); |
| } |
| CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); |
| CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (Attr) |
| ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within |
| /// the given type T. |
| static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, |
| llvm::APSInt &Value, |
| QualType T) { |
| assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); |
| unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); |
| |
| if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { |
| if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) |
| --BitWidth; |
| return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; |
| } |
| return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; |
| } |
| |
| // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type |
| // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). |
| static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { |
| // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into |
| // enum checking below. |
| assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); |
| const unsigned NumTypes = 4; |
| QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { |
| Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy |
| }; |
| QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { |
| Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, |
| Context.UnsignedLongLongTy |
| }; |
| |
| unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); |
| QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes |
| : UnsignedIntegralTypes; |
| for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) |
| if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) |
| return Types[I]; |
| |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
| EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
| SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| Expr *Val) { |
| unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); |
| llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); |
| QualType EltTy; |
| |
| if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) |
| Val = 0; |
| |
| if (Val) |
| Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); |
| |
| if (Val) { |
| if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) |
| EltTy = Context.DependentTy; |
| else { |
| SourceLocation ExpLoc; |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && |
| !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { |
| // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the |
| // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted |
| // constant expression of the underlying type. |
| EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); |
| ExprResult Converted = |
| CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, |
| CCEK_Enumerator); |
| if (Converted.isInvalid()) |
| Val = 0; |
| else |
| Val = Converted.take(); |
| } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && |
| !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, |
| &EnumVal).take())) { |
| // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. |
| } else { |
| if (Enum->isFixed()) { |
| EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); |
| |
| // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be |
| // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, |
| // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant |
| // expression checking. |
| if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { |
| if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; |
| Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); |
| } else |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; |
| } else |
| Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); |
| } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: |
| // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator |
| // is the type of its initializing value: |
| // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the |
| // initializing value has the same type as the expression. |
| EltTy = Val->getType(); |
| } else { |
| // C99 6.7.2.2p2: |
| // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant |
| // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value |
| // representable as an int. |
| |
| // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. |
| if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) |
| << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() |
| << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); |
| else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { |
| // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. |
| Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); |
| } |
| EltTy = Val->getType(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!Val) { |
| if (Enum->isDependentType()) |
| EltTy = Context.DependentTy; |
| else if (!LastEnumConst) { |
| // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: |
| // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator |
| // is the type of its initializing value: |
| // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the |
| // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. |
| // |
| // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does |
| // C99 6.7.2.2p3. |
| if (Enum->isFixed()) { |
| EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); |
| } |
| else { |
| EltTy = Context.IntTy; |
| } |
| } else { |
| // Assign the last value + 1. |
| EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| ++EnumVal; |
| EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); |
| |
| // Check for overflow on increment. |
| if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { |
| // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: |
| // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator |
| // is the type of its initializing value: |
| // |
| // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as |
| // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator |
| // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, |
| // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type |
| // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type |
| // exists, the program is ill-formed. |
| QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); |
| if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { |
| // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this |
| // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. |
| EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); |
| ++EnumVal; |
| if (Enum->isFixed()) |
| // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) |
| << EnumVal.toString(10) |
| << EltTy; |
| else |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) |
| << EnumVal.toString(10); |
| } else { |
| EltTy = T; |
| } |
| |
| // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the |
| // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented |
| // value, then increment. |
| EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); |
| EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); |
| ++EnumVal; |
| |
| // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, |
| // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in |
| // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that |
| // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger |
| // integral type. |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); |
| } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { |
| // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) |
| << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { |
| // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the |
| // enumerator's type. |
| EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); |
| EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); |
| } |
| |
| return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, |
| Val, EnumVal); |
| } |
| |
| |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, |
| SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| AttributeList *Attr, |
| SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { |
| EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); |
| EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = |
| cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); |
| |
| // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| // we find one that is. |
| S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
| |
| // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this |
| // scope. |
| NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| ForRedeclaration); |
| if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); |
| // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| PrevDecl = 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (PrevDecl) { |
| // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the |
| // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. |
| assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && |
| "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); |
| if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { |
| if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; |
| else |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; |
| Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // C++ [class.mem]p15: |
| // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name |
| // different from T: |
| // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped |
| // enumerated type |
| if (CXXRecordDecl *Record |
| = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( |
| TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) |
| if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && |
| Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) |
| Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; |
| |
| EnumConstantDecl *New = |
| CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); |
| |
| if (New) { |
| // Process attributes. |
| if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); |
| |
| // Register this decl in the current scope stack. |
| New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); |
| PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
| } |
| |
| ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); |
| |
| return New; |
| } |
| |
| // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the |
| // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: |
| // Element2 = Element1 |
| // Element2 = Element1 + 1 |
| // Element2 = Element1 - 1 |
| // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. |
| static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { |
| Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); |
| if (!InitExpr) |
| return true; |
| InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
| |
| if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { |
| if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) |
| return true; |
| IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); |
| if (!IL) |
| return true; |
| if (IL->getValue() != 1) |
| return true; |
| |
| InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); |
| } |
| |
| // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. |
| DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); |
| if (!DRE) |
| return true; |
| |
| EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
| if (!EnumConstant) |
| return true; |
| |
| if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != |
| Enum) |
| return true; |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| struct DupKey { |
| int64_t val; |
| bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; |
| DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) |
| : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} |
| }; |
| |
| static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { |
| return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), |
| false); |
| } |
| |
| struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { |
| static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } |
| static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } |
| static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { |
| return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); |
| } |
| static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { |
| return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && |
| LHS.val == RHS.val; |
| } |
| }; |
| |
| // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that |
| // a previous element has already been set to. |
| static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, |
| unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, |
| QualType EnumType) { |
| if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, |
| Enum->getLocation()) == |
| DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) |
| return; |
| // Avoid anonymous enums |
| if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) |
| return; |
| |
| // Only check for small enums. |
| if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) |
| return; |
| |
| typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; |
| typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; |
| |
| typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; |
| typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> |
| ValueToVectorMap; |
| |
| DuplicatesVector DupVector; |
| ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; |
| |
| // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without |
| // an initialier. |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { |
| EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); |
| |
| // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for |
| // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. |
| if (!ECD) { |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (ECD->getInitExpr()) |
| continue; |
| |
| DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); |
| DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; |
| |
| // First time encountering this value. |
| if (Entry.isNull()) |
| Entry = ECD; |
| } |
| |
| // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { |
| EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); |
| if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) |
| continue; |
| |
| DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); |
| |
| DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; |
| if (Entry.isNull()) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { |
| // Ensure constants are different. |
| if (D == ECD) |
| continue; |
| |
| // Create new vector and push values onto it. |
| ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); |
| Vec->push_back(D); |
| Vec->push_back(ECD); |
| |
| // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. |
| Entry = Vec; |
| |
| // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of |
| // diagnostics. |
| DupVector.push_back(Vec); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); |
| // Make sure constants are not added more than once. |
| if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) |
| continue; |
| |
| Vec->push_back(ECD); |
| } |
| |
| // Emit diagnostics. |
| for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), |
| DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); |
| DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { |
| ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; |
| assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); |
| |
| // Emit warning for one enum constant. |
| ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); |
| S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) |
| << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) |
| << (*I)->getSourceRange(); |
| ++I; |
| |
| // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with |
| // the same value. |
| for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) |
| S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) |
| << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) |
| << (*I)->getSourceRange(); |
| delete Vec; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, |
| Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, |
| Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { |
| EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); |
| QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); |
| |
| if (Attr) |
| ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); |
| |
| if (Enum->isDependentType()) { |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
| cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); |
| if (!ECD) continue; |
| |
| ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| } |
| |
| Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long |
| // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, |
| // emit a warning. |
| unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); |
| unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); |
| unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); |
| |
| // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and |
| // reverse the list. |
| unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; |
| unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; |
| |
| // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. |
| bool AllElementsInt = true; |
| |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
| cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); |
| if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
| |
| const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| |
| // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. |
| if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) |
| NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, |
| (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); |
| else |
| NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, |
| (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); |
| |
| // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). |
| if (AllElementsInt) |
| AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; |
| } |
| |
| // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. |
| QualType BestType; |
| unsigned BestWidth; |
| |
| // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: |
| // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying |
| // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first |
| // of the following types that can represent all the values of |
| // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long |
| // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. |
| // C99 6.4.4.3p2: |
| // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. |
| // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension |
| QualType BestPromotionType; |
| |
| bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; |
| // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all |
| // enum definitions. |
| if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) |
| Packed = true; |
| |
| if (Enum->isFixed()) { |
| BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); |
| if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); |
| else |
| BestPromotionType = BestType; |
| // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type |
| // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers |
| // warn that it might be used uninitialized. |
| BestWidth = CharWidth; |
| } |
| else if (NumNegativeBits) { |
| // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of |
| // int/long/longlong) that fits. |
| // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. |
| if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { |
| BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; |
| BestWidth = CharWidth; |
| } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && |
| NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { |
| BestType = Context.ShortTy; |
| BestWidth = ShortWidth; |
| } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { |
| BestType = Context.IntTy; |
| BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| } else { |
| BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); |
| |
| if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { |
| BestType = Context.LongTy; |
| } else { |
| BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
| |
| if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) |
| Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); |
| BestType = Context.LongLongTy; |
| } |
| } |
| BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); |
| } else { |
| // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits |
| // all of the enumerator values. |
| // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. |
| if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { |
| BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
| BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; |
| BestWidth = CharWidth; |
| } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { |
| BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; |
| BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; |
| BestWidth = ShortWidth; |
| } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { |
| BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
| BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| BestPromotionType |
| = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; |
| } else if (NumPositiveBits <= |
| (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { |
| BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
| BestPromotionType |
| = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; |
| } else { |
| BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
| assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && |
| "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); |
| BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| BestPromotionType |
| = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match |
| // the type of the enum if needed. |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); |
| if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
| |
| // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an |
| // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each |
| // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the |
| // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" |
| // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. |
| |
| // Determine whether the value fits into an int. |
| llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| |
| // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match |
| // the enum decl type. |
| QualType NewTy; |
| unsigned NewWidth; |
| bool NewSign; |
| if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| !Enum->isFixed() && |
| isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { |
| NewTy = Context.IntTy; |
| NewWidth = IntWidth; |
| NewSign = true; |
| } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { |
| // Already the right type! |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| // enumeration. |
| ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| continue; |
| } else { |
| NewTy = BestType; |
| NewWidth = BestWidth; |
| NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); |
| } |
| |
| // Adjust the APSInt value. |
| InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); |
| InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); |
| ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); |
| |
| // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. |
| if (ECD->getInitExpr() && |
| !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) |
| ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, |
| CK_IntegralCast, |
| ECD->getInitExpr(), |
| /*base paths*/ 0, |
| VK_RValue)); |
| if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| // enumeration. |
| ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| else |
| ECD->setType(NewTy); |
| } |
| |
| Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, |
| NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); |
| |
| // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - |
| // it needs to go into the function scope. |
| if (InFunctionDeclarator) |
| DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); |
| |
| CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); |
| |
| // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. |
| if (Enum->hasAttrs()) |
| CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); |
| } |
| |
| Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
| SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| SourceLocation EndLoc) { |
| StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); |
| |
| FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| AsmString, StartLoc, |
| EndLoc); |
| CurContext->addDecl(New); |
| return New; |
| } |
| |
| DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| SourceLocation ImportLoc, |
| ModuleIdPath Path) { |
| Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, |
| Module::AllVisible, |
| /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); |
| if (!Mod) |
| return true; |
| |
| SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; |
| Module *ModCheck = Mod; |
| for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. |
| // We need the length to be consistent. |
| if (!ModCheck) |
| break; |
| ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; |
| |
| IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); |
| } |
| |
| ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, |
| Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), |
| AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, |
| Mod, IdentifierLocs); |
| Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); |
| return Import; |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { |
| // Create the implicit import declaration. |
| TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, |
| Loc, Mod, Loc); |
| TU->addDecl(ImportD); |
| Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); |
| |
| // Make the module visible. |
| PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, |
| IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
| SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { |
| Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, |
| LookupOrdinaryName); |
| AsmLabelAttr *Attr = |
| ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); |
| |
| if (PrevDecl) |
| PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); |
| else |
| (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( |
| std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, |
| SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| SourceLocation NameLoc) { |
| Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| |
| if (PrevDecl) { |
| PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); |
| } else { |
| (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( |
| std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> |
| (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, |
| IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
| SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { |
| Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, |
| LookupOrdinaryName); |
| WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); |
| |
| if (PrevDecl) { |
| if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) |
| if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); |
| } else { |
| (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( |
| std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { |
| return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); |
| } |
| |
| AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { |
| const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); |
| return D->getAvailability(); |
| } |